Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 378

Electronics and Communication Engineering >> Communications Systems

1. A cordless telephone using separate frequencies for transmission in base and portable units is
known as
A. duplex arrangement

B. half duplex arrangement

C. either (a) or (b)

D. neither (a) nor (b)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Separate frequencies for transmission from base and portable units allows two way transmission
and is called duplex arrangement.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. For attenuation of high frequencies we should use


A. shunt capacitance

B. series capacitance

C. inductance

D. resistance
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Since Xc for high frequencies is low, the high frequencies are shunted to ground and are not
transmitted.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. A modem is classified as low speed if data rate handled is


A. upto 100 bps

B. upto 250 bps

C. upto 400 bps

D. upto 600 bps


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
When data rate in bits per second is upto 600, modem is low speed.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. VSB modulation is preferred in TV because


A. it reduces the bandwidth requirement to half

B. it avoids phase distortion at low frequencies

C. it results in better reception

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
VSB (vestigial side band) transmission transmits one side band fully and the other side band
partially thus, reducing the bandwidth requirement.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. A woofer should be fed from the input through a


A. low pass filter

B. high pass filter

C. band pass filter

D. band stop filter


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Woofer is a low frequency loud speaker covering the range 16 Hz to 500 Hz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. The colour subcarrier and sidebands produced by its modulation with the chrominance signals
are accommodated in the standard channel width by the process of
A. frequency adjustment

B. frequency interleaving

C. frequency changing

D. frequency amalgamation
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
In frequency interleaving the space between bundles is used for colour signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. In FM signal with a modulation index mf is passed through a frequency tripler. The wave in the
output of the tripler will have a modulation index of
A. mf
B. 3mf

C. mf/3

D. mf/9
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Frequency multiplier increase the deviation,

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In colour TV receiver, varactor diode is used for


A. detection

B. rectification

C. tuning

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
In varactor diode the applied reverse bias controls the width and therefore capacitance of
depletion layer.
This capacitance is used for tuning.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. The number of noise sources in a BJT are


A. 3

B. 2

C. 1

D. 4
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Shot noise, partition noise and thermal noise.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Energy content of atmospheric noise


A. does not depend on frequency

B. decreases as frequency is increased

C. increases as frequency is increased

D. either (a) or (c) depending on the temperature


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Atmospheric noise decreases as frequency is increased.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. A 400 W carrier is amplitude modulated with m = 0.75. The total power in AM is
A. 400 W

B. 512 W

C. 588 W

D. 650 W
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. c(t) and m(t) are used to generate an FM signal. If the peak frequency deviation of the generated
FM signal is three times the transmission bandwidth of the AM signal, then the coefficient of the
term cos [2(1008 x 103t)] in the FM signal (in terms of the Bessel Coefficients) is
A. 5 J4(3)

B.
J8(3)

C.
J8(4)

D. 5 J4(6)
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
As, we known FM, s(t)

Frequency deviation = 3 . (AM Bandwidth) = 6 fm


and β= 6 is given in (d) only.
ωc + n ωm = (1008 x 103)2
2 x 106 + n. 4 x 103 = (1008 x 103).2
n=4
So, β = 6, n = 4 hence answer is 5j4(6).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Non-coherently detection is not possible for


A. PSK

B. ASK

C. FSK

D. both (a) and (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Tracking of extra terrestrial objects requires


A. high transmitting power

B. very sensitive receiver

C. fully steerable antenna

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
All the three are required.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Assertion (A): Free space does not interfere with normal radiation and propagation of radio
waves
Reason (R): Free space has no magnetic or gravitational fields.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong


D. A is wrong but R is correct
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Since free space does not have magnetic and other fields, waves can propagate without any
interference.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. In radar systems PRF stands for


A. Power Return Factor

B. Pulse Return Factor

C. Pulse Repetition Frequency

D. Pulse Response Factor


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
PRF in radar systems means pulse repetition frequency.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Which of the following cannot be the Fourier series expansion of a periodic signal?
A. x(t) = 2 cos t + 3 cos 3t

B. x(t) = 2 cos t + 7 cos t

C. x(t) = cos t + 0.5

D. x(t) = 2 cos 1.5t + sin 3.5 t


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
x(t) = cos t + 0.5
not satisfies the Dirichlet condition.
The integration of constant term is ∞.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Which of the following is the indirect way of FM generation?


A. Reactance bipolar transistor modulator

B. Armstrong modulator

C. Varactor diode modulator

D. Reactance FM modulator
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
It generates FM through phase modulation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. A telephone exchange has 9000 subscribers. If the number of calls originating at peak time is
10, 000 in one hour, the calling rate is
A. 0.9

B. 10/9

C. 0.81

D. 0.1
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Calling rate is the number of calls per subscriber.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. If C is capacity of noisy channel, (bits/s), δf is bandwidth Hz and S/N is signal to noise ratio, then

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
This is Shannon-Hartley theorem.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. As the frequency increases, the absorption of ground wave by earth's surface
A. decreases

B. increases

C. remains the same


D. either (a) or (c)
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Because of this reason ground waves can be used for frequencies upto about 1600 kHz only.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The velocity of sound waves in air


A. is constant at all temperatures

B. varies directly as temperature

C. varies inversely as absolute temperature

D. varies directly as square root of absolute temperature


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
v ∝ T.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. The range of a cordless telephone is about


A. 1000 m

B. 500 m

C. 100 m

D. 10 m
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The range depends on quality of instrument and is about 100 m.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. An earth mat for a communication tower consists of


A. one or two radials extending from base of tower at a depth of about 5 cm below ground

B. a large number of radials extending from base of tower at a depth of about 3 m

C. a large number of radials extending from base of tower at a depth of about 30 cm

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The number of radials is large and depth is about 30 cm.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Degaussing in a picture tube means


A. Adding magnetism in mask and mounting frame

B. Removing residual magnetism in mask, shield etc...

C. Increasing resistance of coils to decrease time constant

D. Decreasing resistance of coils to increase time constant.


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Since gauss is a unit of magnetic flux, degaussing means removal of magnetism.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. The rate at which information can be carried through a communication channel depends on
A. carrier frequency

B. bandwidth

C. transmission loss

D. transmitted power
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Rate of information depends on bandwidth.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. Some types of traps used in video IF amplifier of colour TV are


A. shunt traps

B. series traps

C. absorption traps

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
All these are used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. Direct and reflected sound waves may interfere with each other.
A. True
B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
PAS use moving coil microphones.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. A carrier is simultaneously modulated by two sine waves having modulation indices of 0.4 and
0.3. The total modulation index will be
A. 0.1

B. 0.7

C. 0.5

D. 0.35
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
m1 = 0.4, m2 = 0.3

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A 1000 kHz carrier is simultaneously modulated with 300 Hz, 800 Hz and 2 kHz audio sine
waves. Which of the following frequency is least likely to be present in the output?
A. 1002 kHz

B. 1000 kHz

C. 999.2 kHz

D. 998.0 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Frequency present in the sidebands is equal to = fc ± fm, fc ± 2fm , fc ± 3fm .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In standing wave pattern on a transmission line


A. voltage and current nodes coincide

B. voltage and current antinodes coincide

voltage nodes and current antinodes as well as current nodes and voltage antinodes
C.
coincide

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
When standing wave is set up voltage maxima and current minima and voltage minima and
current maxima coincide.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. If the bandwidth is increased by 2, the γFM γAM (where γ is the ratio of SNR of output to SNR at
input, FM is frequency modulation and AM is amplitude modulation) is increased by a factor of
A. 2

B. 3

C. 4

D. 6
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Doubling of frequency increase SNR in frequency modulation by 4. It has no effect in AM.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33.
In the figure , the output y(t) will be

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. A carrier wave carries information.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Carrier does not have any information.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Frequency shift keying is used mostly in


A. telegraphy

B. telephony

C. satellite communication

D. radio transmission
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Frequency shift keying (FSK) is a system of frequency modulation used in telegraphy.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. It is desired that transmission line and load should match for a range of frequencies. The best
method is
A. to use a balun

B. to use a single stub of adjustable position

C. to use a double stub


D. to use a broad band amplifier
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
When matching over a range of frequencies is desired, double stub is necessary.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Which of the following has the highest input impedance?


A. CE

B. CB

C. CC

D. Push pull
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
CC connection has very high input impedance and low output impedance.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. In a fascimile reproduction time to scan one line is 2 ms. If it has 4% blanking, the visible trace
time is
A. 1.92 ms

B. 2.08 ms

C. 50 ms

D. 0.08 ms
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
(2 ms) (1 - 0.04) = 1.92 ms.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Consider the following statements


1. The amplitude of an FM wave is constant
2. FM is more immune to noise than AM
3. FM broadcasts operate in upper VHF and UHF frequency ranges
4. FM transmitting and receiving equipments are simpler as compared to AM transmitting and
receiving equipments
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 2, 3, 4

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
FM equipments are complex as compared to AM equipments.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Signal to noise ratio of microphone is defined as the ratio of output when the sound pressure is
__________ to the output in the absence of any sound signal.
A. 0.5 Pa

B. 0.2 Pa

C. 0.1 Pa

D. 0.01 Pa
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
0.1 Pa (= 0.5 x 10-4 W/m 2) is taken as standard sound pressure for defining S/N ratio of
microphones.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. A generator is feeding power to a transmission line of characteristic impedance Z0. The line is
terminated in impedance ZL. Standing waves will be set up if
A. ZL = Z0

B. ZL < Z0

C. ZL > Z0

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Both the case, i.e., ZL > Z0 and ZL < Z0 give rise to standing waves.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In sound recording the degree of pre-emphasis is about 6 dB/ octave.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
It erases the matter already existing on the tape.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. Space wave may be a direct wave or wave reflected from earth.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Strength of space wave depends on distance as it suffers attenuation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Radio broadcasts are generally


A. amplitude modulation

B. frequency modulation

C. both amplitude and frequency modulation

D. neither amplitude nor frequency modulation


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Frequency modulation gives noise free reception and is used for radio broadcasts.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. If the frequency of a wave 20 Hz, the time period is


A. 20 secs

B. 2 secs

C. 0.2 secs

D. 0.05 secs
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which of the following is taken as reference antenna for directive gain?
A. Half wave dipole
B. Elementary doublet

C. Isotropic

D. Infinitesimal dipole
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Isotropic antenna is one which radiates equally in all directions. It is a standard reference
antenna.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Push pull amplifier is


A. voltage amplifier

B. current amplifier

C. power amplifier

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Push pull is a power amplifier.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. When the channel is noisy, producing a conditional probability of error p = 0.5; the channel
capacity and entropy function would be, respectively,
A. 1 and 1

B. 1 and 0.5

C. 0.5 and 1

D. 0 and 1
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In CCIR-B system, the time between start of one H syn. pulse and next is
A. 64 μs

B. 6.4 μs

C. 640 μs

D. 0.64 μs
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
The frequency of H pulses is 15625 Hz.

Hence .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. Counterpoise is used in coils having


A. high resistivity

B. low resistivity

C. medium resistivity

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Counterpoise is a horizontally buried wire used to provide low grounding resistance in high
resistivity soils.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. For an ideal 3000 Hz channel, S/N ratio is


A. 3

B. 1.5

C. 4

D. 2
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

= 26000/3000 - 1 = 3.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. Which of the following types of noise assumes greater importance at high frequencies?
A. Transit time noise

B. Shot noise

C. Impulse noise

D. Random noise
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
At high frequencies time period of wave and transit time become comparable.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. In transistor radio receivers the number of IF amplifier stages are


A. 1

B. 2

C. 4

D. 6
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Two IF amplifier stages are very commonly used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. To relay outdoor remotely located live programs, TV transmitter use


A. microwave links

B. coaxial cable link

C. open wire link

D. either (b) or (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Microwave links are used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. If each short element of signal occupies 20 ms, the speed is


A. 20 bauds
B. 50 bauds

C.
bauds

D. 0.05 bauds
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. It is found that in a telephone system 60 subscribers initiate calls during a 30 minute interval and
the total duration of all the calls is 100 minutes. The load is
A. 2

B. 3 erlang

C. 3.333 erlang

D. 0.333 erlang
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. E and H fields are perpendicular to each other.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Radio waves have very high speed equal to that of light but speed of sound waves is very low.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Consider the following:


1. A TV receiver antenna should pick up the TV signal and develop maximum voltage from the
available strength of signal
2. It should reject unwanted signals
3. It should not suffer from co-channel interference
4. It should have a very narrowband
The correct statements are
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1, 2 and 3 only

C. 1, 2, 3, 4

D. 2, 3 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
The band should not be narrow.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. If transmission bandwidth is doubled in FM, SNR is


A. doubled

B. raised four times

C. decreased four times

D. halved
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
SNR changes in the ratio of square of change in bandwidth.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Directivity means


A. maximum directive gain

B. zero directive gain

C. minimum directive gain

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Directivity means maximum directive gain.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. If the oscillator output is modulated by audio frequencies upto 10 kHz, the frequency range
occupied by the side bands will be
A. 711.9 kHz to 712.1 kHz
B. 702 kHz to 722 kHz

C. 692 kHz to 732 kHz

D. 71.2 kHz to 71.20 kHz


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
L = 50 mH, C = ln F

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. The power to the portable unit of a cordless telephone is provided by


A. pencil cells

B. dry cells

C. rechargeable cells

D. AC mains
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Rechargeable cells feed the portable unit.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In a AM wave the carrier and one of the side bands is suppressed. If m = 0.5, the percentage
saving in power is
A. 50%

B. 83.3%

C. 94.4%

D. 100%
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Computer communication networks have


A. star configuration
B. tree configuration

C. loop/mesh configuration

D. All of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
All the three configurations are used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Assertion (A): A balun is an RF impedance matching transformer.


Reason (R): Sometimes a booster amplifier is used with a TV set.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Balun gives a 4 : 1 impedance transformation. In areas where TV reception is poor, booster is
used to strengthen a TV signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. In an FM system, when the AF is 500 Hz and the AF voltage is 2.4 V, the deviation is 4.8 kHz. If
the AF voltage is now increased to 7.2 V, the new deviation will be
A. 4.8 kHz

B. 9.6 kHz

C. 14.4 kHz

D. 28.8 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

Δf' = 2 x 7.2 14.4 kHz


New frequency donation will be 14.4 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Modulation is also called detection.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Demodulation is called detection.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The maximum range of a transmitter depends on


A. its frequency

B. its power

C. both its frequency and power

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Both power and frequency determine the maximum range.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Consider the following statements about Yagi Uda antenna


1. It is unidirectional
2. Its gain is about 7 dB
3. It is used at VLF
4. The optimum separation is 0.11
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1, 2, 4 only

C. 1, 2, 3, 4

D. 1 and 4 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
This antenna is for UHF and VHF bands.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. In a two stage cascade amplifier, each stage has a gain of 10 dB and noise figure of 10 dB. The
overall noise factor is
A. 10

B. 1.09

C. 1

D. 10.9
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Fields are said to be circularly polarised if their magnitudes are


A. equal and they are in phase

B. equal but they differ in phase by ± 90°

C. unequal and differ in phase by ± 90°

D. unequal but are in phase


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Magnitudes should be equal and phase angle ± 90°.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Three analog signals, having bandwidths 1200 Hz, 600 Hz, 600 Hz are sampled at their Nyquist
rates, encoded with 12 bit words, and time division multiplexed. The bit rate for the multiplexed
signal is
A. 115.2 kbps

B. 28.8 kbps

C. 57.6 kbps

D. 38.4 kbps
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The total message bandwidth = 1200 Hz + 600 Hz + 600 Hz = 2400 Hz
Sampling frequency = 4800 samples/sec.
Hence, Bit rate = 4800 x 12
57.6 kbps.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
23. In a CD player the speed of CD is
A. constant at 500 rpm

B. constant at 200 rpm

C. varies from 200 to 500 rpm

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Since the circumference of outer tracks is more than that of tracks near the centre, the speed of
disc is varied from 200 rpm to 500 rpm.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. In the output of a DM speech encoder, the consecutive pulses are of opposite polarity during
time interval t1 < t< t2. This indicates that during this interval
A. the input to the modulator is essentially constant

B. the modulator is going through slope overload

C. the accumulator is in saturation

D. the speech signal is being sampled at the Nyquist rate


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
In delta modulator, when consecutive pulses of polarity are opposite then signal is constant.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. A fascimile reproduction has a specification of 200 lines per frame, progressive scanning and 5
frames per second. The time to scan one line is
A. 5 ms

B. 2.5 ms

C. 1 ms

D. 0.1 ms
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
26. Consider the following features of monochrome TV
1. Number of lines per picture 625
2. Interlace ratio 2 : 1
3. Aspect ratio 4 : 3
4. Channel bandwidth 8 MHz
As regards CCIR system B, which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1, 2, 4

D. 2, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Channel bandwidth is not 8 MHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. In the absence of noise, if C is channel capacity in bits/s, δf is channel bandwidth in Hz and N is
number of coding levels. Then
A. C = log2 N

B. C = (δf) log2 N

C. C = 2 (δf) log2 N

D. C = 0.5 (δf) log2 N


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Hartley law C = 2 δf log2N.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The open loop gain of an amplifier is 50 but is likely to change by 20%. If negative feedback with
β = 0.1 is used, the change in gain will be about
A. 20%

B. 10%

C. 4%

D. 0.05%
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
.
Change in gain is about 4%.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Audio amplifiers need


A. Bass control

B. Treble control

C. Both Bass and Treble control

D. Either Bass or Treble control


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Bass means low frequency tones and treble means high frequency tones.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. The open loop gain of an amplifier is 200. If negative feedback with β = 0.2 is used, the closed
loop gain will be
A. 200

B. 40

C. 4.878

D. 1.212
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In a TV, studio the function of vision switcher is to


A. edit television programs

B. relay television programs

C. control zoom lens

D. mix audio and video signals


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Viscon switcher has a provision to select any one or more of a large number of inputs and
switching then on to outgoing circuits.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32.
In the equation of M-ary PSK signal (where Ey is symbol energy), M
becomes large. Then d will approach
A. 2

B. infinity

C. zero

D. 1
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
When M is large, sine term will tend to zero.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. The trapezoidal pattern of figure is obtained when examining an AM wave by an oscilloscope.
Modulation factor of the wave is

A. 0.33

B. 0.5

C. 2

D. 1
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Y signal has maximum percentage of


A. red colour

B. blue colour

C. green colour

D. red and blue colours


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Y = 0.3 R + 0.59 G + 0.11 B.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. To ensure good transient response in audio systems the natural frequencies should be
A. above 40 Hz and below 15 kHz

B. above 40 Hz

C. above 15 kHz

D. below 40 Hz and above 15 kHz


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The useful audio range is 40 Hz to 15 kHz. Therefore natural frequency should be outside this
range.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If k is dielectric constant of a medium, the velocity factor in that medium is


A. 3

B.

C. (k)1/3

D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
37. An AM signal and a narrowband FM signal with identical carriers, modulating signals and
modulation index of 0.1 are added together. The resultant signal can be closely approximated by
A. Broadband FM

B. SSB with carrier

C. DSB-SC

D. SSB without carrier


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
s(t)AM + s(t)NBFM = A1 sin ωct + A2 cos ωct + (A - B) m
m(t) sin ωct
it will not be NBFM because μ = 0.1, and SSB with carrier.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. The equation v(t) = A cos [ωct + φ(t)] where A and ωc are constant and φ(t) is a function of base
signal represents
1. Phase modulation
2. Amplitude modulation
3. Angle modulation
4. Frequency modulation
Which of the above are true?
A. 3 only

B. 1, 3 and 4

C. 1, 2, 3, 4

D. 3 and 4 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
This equation can represent frequency, angle and phase modulation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. An FM signal with deviation δ is passed through mixer. Its frequency is reduced five fold. The
deviation in output of mixer is
A. 0.28

B. δ

C. 5 δ
D. very very high
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Deviation is not affected by mixer.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. The total number of channels allotted for cellular telephone is


A. 666

B. 333

C. 221

D. 111
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Cellular telephones have been assigned 666 channels (826 to 845 MHz and 870 to 890 MHz).
Each channel has width of 30 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41.
The F.T. of {e-1 ∪(t)} is equal to . Therefore

is
A. e ∪ (f)
f

B. e-f ∪ (f)

C. ef ∪ (-f)

D. e-f ∪ (-f)
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Apply duality property.
j F[g(t)] G(f)
F[G(t)] G(-f).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. Sound waves are electromagnetic waves.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Sound waves are not electromagnetic in nature.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In major diatonic musical scale, an octave is divided into


A. 12 intervals

B. 10 intervals

C. 7 intervals

D. 5 intervals
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
A major diatomic scale has 7 intervals between one octave.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. The bandwidth of DSB suppressed carrier modulation system when the modulating frequency
varies between 500 Hz and 5 kHz is
A. 555 kHz

B. 505 kHz

C. 500 kHz

D. 9 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
fm = 5 kHz - 500 Hz 4.5 kHz
Bandwidth = 2 fm 2 x 4.5 kHz = 9 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. The filter circuit for feeding a wooffer has


A. an inductance in series and capacitance in parallel

B. a capacitance in series and an inductance in parallel

C. a resistance in series and an inductance in parallel

D. an inductance in series and a resistance in parallel


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Series inductance and shunt capacitance is a low pass circuit.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. The Hilbert transform of cos ω1t + sin ω2t is


A. sin ω1t + cos ω2t

B. sin ω1t - cos ω2t

C. cos ω1t - cos ω2t

D. - sin ω1t + cos ω2t


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
J[s(t)] = s(t + 90°).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In ionosphere incidence angle is 60°. The maximum usable frequency fm is equal to
A. 2fc

B. fc

C. 0.5 fc

D. 3 fc
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The generally used value of EHV supply in TV receivers is


A. 1 kV per diagonal cm

B. 1 kV per diagonal inch

C. 0.5 kV per diagonal cm

D. 0, 5 kV per diagonal inch


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
It is 1 kV per diagonal inch.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. The number of channels available in MF band (300 kHz - 3 MHz) for AM modulating signal of 20
kHz is
A. 70

B. 67

C. 100

D. 150
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
In MF band, frequency space available
= 3000 - 300 2700 kHz
when AM is used Bandwidth of each channel.
= 2 x 20 kHz = 40 kHz

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The function of blend control in stereo system is


A. to dilute left channel

B. to dilute right channel

C. to dilute any of the channels

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Dilution of the effect of any channel to give balanced output from left and right channels is called
blind control.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. The output resistance of a microphone is 20 ohms. It is to feed a line of impedance 320 ohms.
To ensure maximum power transfer, the turn ratio of transformer is
A. 16

B. 256

C. 2

D. 4
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
(20)(4)2 = 320 ohms.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. In a reactance FET, gm = 9 x 10-3 Siemens, gate to source resistance is one-ninth of reactance of
gate to drain capacitor and frequency is 4 MHz. The capacitive-reactance is
A. 1000 Ω

B. 1/1000 Ω

C. 36 x 103 Ω

D.
x 103 Ω
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Audio cassettes used in household tape recorders have a width of


A. 1"

B. 1/2"

C. 1/4"

D. 1/8"
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

Home tape recorders use in (i.e., 6.3 mm) tape having two tracks of 2.5 mm width each with
an in between separation of 1.3 mm.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. The receiver of a pulsed RADAR can detect signal power in the order of
A. 1W

B. 0.1 W

C. 10-5 W

D. 10-12 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
It can detect very low power signals.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
5. In a 100% amplitude modulated signal, the power in the upper sideband when carrier power is to
be 100 W and modulation system SSBSC, is
A. 100 W

B. 66 W

C. 50 W

D. 25 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Modulation index = 100% 1
Pc = 100 W

View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Which camera tube has highest dark current?


A. Plumbicon

B. Vidicon

C. Saticon

D. GCD imager
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Dark current is the small signal current even when there is no illumination on the face plate of
camera tube.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. If a sound wave has a frequency of 50 Hz, the wavelength is


A. 66 m

B. 6.6 m

C. 0.66 m

D. 0.066 m
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Skin depth at 1000 MHz in comparison with that at 500 MHz is


A. 2

B. 2

C.

D. 1/2
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Skin depth decreases as square root increase in frequency.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. Consider the following


1. Generation of SSB signals
2. Design of minimum phase type filters
3. Representation of band pass signals
Which of the above applications is Hilbert transform used?
A. 1 only

B. 1, 2 and 3

C. 1, 2 only

D. 1 and 3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Hilbert transform is used in all the applications.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. The dc voltage on plate modulated class C amplifier is 8 kV. If the peak modulating voltage is 4
kV, the peak RF voltage delivered to load is
A. 32 kV

B. 12 kV
C. 0.5 kV

D. 24 kV
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Peak RF voltage delivered to load = 2 (8 + 4) = 24 kV.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In telephone systems the relation between load , number of calls initiated during a specified
interval λ and average duration of a call (h) is
A.  = λh

B.  = λh2

C. λ = h

D. h = λ
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Load = (number of calls) (duration of call).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In a Vidicon camera tube


A. grid G1 accelerates electrons

B. grid G2 accelerates electrons and grid G3, slows down electrons

C. grid G3 accelerates electrons and grid G2 slows down electrons

D. both grids G2 and G3 accelerate electrons


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Grid G2 accelerates the electrons. Grid G3, is focus grid and slows the electrons so that they fall
perpendicularly on the target at a low speed without causing secondary emission.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In a CD the sampling frequency is nearly


A. half the highest frequency in audio signal

B. equal to highest frequency in audio signal

C. double the highest frequency in audio signal

D. four times the highest frequency in audio signal


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
For proper sampling and faithful reproduction sampling frequency must be at least twice the
highest frequency in the signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Consider the following statements about loop antenna


1. It is suitable for direction finding application
2. It is a single turn or multiturn coil carrying RF current
3. The loop is surrounded by a magnetic field everywhere perpendicular to the loop
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1 only

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
All the three are correct.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Which of the following is present in both TRF receiver and superheterodyne receiver?
A. Detector

B. Mixer

C. IF amplifier

D. Local oscillator
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Detection (also called demodulation) is an essential function.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The number of channels in a stereophonic system is


A. 8

B. 4

C. 2

D. 1
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Left and right channels.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. When the carrier is unmodulated, a certain transmitter radiates 9 kW when the carrier is
sinusoidally modulated the transmitter radiates 10.125 kW. The modulation index will be
A. 0.1

B. 10.15

C. 0.4

D. 0.5
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. A signal x(t) = 100 cos (24 x 103t) is ideally sampled with a sampling period of 50 μ sec and
then passed through an ideal low pass filter with cut off frequency of 15 kHz Which of the
following frequencies are present at the filter output?
A. 12 kHz only

B. 8 kHz only

C. 12 kHz and 9 kHz

D. 12 kHz and 8 kHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:

Frequency pass by L.P.F. are, fc fs - fc


12 kHz, 8 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
19. A sinusoidal voltage of 2 kV peak value is amplitude modulated to give 20% modulation. The
peak value of each side band term is
A. 400 V

B. 200 V

C. 100 V

D. 800 V
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Consider the following reasons for using antenna coupler


1. To prevent illegal radiation of spurious frequencies
2. To tune out reactive components of antenna impedance
3. To have correct value of load impedance for transmitter.
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3

B. 1, 2

C. 1 only

D. 2, 3
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All the three are correct.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Which of the following is true in a tape recorder?


A. Vow is due to variation in motor speed but flutter is due to some other reason

B. Both vow and flutter are due to variations in motor speed

C. Flutter is due to variation in motor speed but vow is due to some other reason

D. Neither vow nor flutter is due to variation in motor speed


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Small variation (less than 6%) in motor speed causes vow and large variation (more than 6%) in
motor speed causes flutter.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. In a high speed modem the data rate handled is about


A. 1000 bps

B. 5000 bps

C. 20000 bps

D. 50000 bps
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
When data rate is in the range of 2400 to about 10800 bits per second, modem is designated as
high speed.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Trinitron is a monochrome picture tube.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Frequency band for local programs is fixed.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The first pulse in a TV remote control is


A. start pulse

B. preliminary pulse

C. either start pulse or preliminary pulse

D. erase pulse
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
The first pulse is preliminary pulse followed by start pulse.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. If the ratio of ac to dc load impedance of a diode detector is low, the result will be
A. poor AGC operation

B. poor AF response

C. negative peak clipping

D. diagonal clipping
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Negative peak will be clipped.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. The minimum step size required for a Delta modulator operating at 36 samples/sec to track the
signal (hereu(t) is the unit step function) x(t) = 125t (u(t) - u(t - 1)) + (250 - 125t) (u(t - 1) - u(t - 2))
So that slope overload is avoided, would be
A. 2-10

B. 2-8

C. 2-6

D. 2-4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
To avoid slope overload
|m(t)| ≥ Δ . fs or |x(t)| ≥ Δ . fs

125 ≤ Δ . 25 . 210
27 ≤ Δ . 215 Δ ≥ 2-8.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. An FM signal with a deviation δ is passed through a mixer, and has its frequency reduced 5 fold.
The deviation in the output of the mixer is
A. 5/δ

B. Intermediate

C. δ/5

D. δ
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Deviation depend on amplified of signal not on frequency.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In PCM, if the number of quantization levels is increased from 4 to 64, then the bandwidth
requirement will approximately be increased __________ times.
A. 8

B. 16

C. 3

D. 32
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Bandwidth for PCM system
= 2nN fm Hz for N >> 1, n >> 1
where n is no. of channel, N is no. of bit.

B1 = 2n N1 fm
B2 = 2n N2 fm
2N1 = 4 N1 = log24 N1 = 2
2 = 64
N2
N2 = log264 6

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. A tweeter should be fed from the input through a


A. low pass filter

B. high pass filter

C. band pass filter


D. band stop filter
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Tweeter is high frequency loudspeaker covering the range above 5000 Hz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. The modulation index is, if fm = 500 Hz, Δf = 2.25 kHz


A. 2.25

B. 4.5

C. 9

D. 18
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Δf = 2.25 kHz, fm = 500 Hz

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. If D is mouth diameter of a paraboloid reflector, its directivity is proportional to


A. D

B. D2

C. D

D. D3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

Directivity of parabolic reflector = .


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. A noiseless 3 kHz channel can't transmit binary bit at the rate
A. 12000 bps

B. 1000 bps

C. 6000 bps
D. 3000 bps
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Noiseless channel: Nyquist's Theorem - If the signal has V discrete levels over a transmission
medium of bandwidth H, the maximum data rate = 2H log 2 V bits/sec.
A noiseless 3-kHz channel cannot transmit binary signals at a rate exceeding 6000 bps (= 2 x
3000 log2 2).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In an AM wave the carrier and one of the side bands is suppressed. If m = 1, the percentage
saving in power is
A. 25%

B. 50%

C. 66.6%

D. 83.3%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Assertion (A): An electronic tuner uses varactor diode


Reason (R): The capacitance of a varactor diode depends on the magnitude of reverse bias.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
A varactor diode has a variable capacitance which depends on reverse bias. It is a very
convenient device for tuning.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. A superheterodyne receiver is to operate in the frequency range 550 kHz - 1650 kHz, with the

intermediate frequency of 450 kHz. Let denote the required capacitance ratio of the
local oscillator and I denote the image frequency (in kHz) of the incoming signal. If the receiver is
tuned to 700 kHz, then
A. R = 4.41 J =1600

B. R = 2.10 J =1150

C. R = 3.0 J =1600

D. R = 9.0 J =1150
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Image frequency = 700 + 2 x 450 1600 kHz
fmax = 1650 + 450 2100 kHz
fmin = 550 kHz + 450 1000 kHz

R = 4.41, I = 1600 kHz.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. In a tape recorder the output from RF oscillator is given to


A. only erase head coil

B. only record head coil

C. coils of both erase head and record head

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
RF waves (about 75 kHz frequency) are fed to erase head for erasing.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. A + 1.9 lens has a focal length of 25 mm. The diameter of lens is about
A. 13 mm

B. 1.3 mm

C. 130 mm
D. none of the above
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Which of the following terms are applicable to troposcatter propagation?


A. Faradays rotation

B. SIOs

C. Fading

D. Atmospheric storms
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Tropospheric scatter propagation is subject to two types of fading called Rayleigh fading (due to
multipath propagation) and fading due to variations in atmospheric conditions along the
propagation path.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. If the amplitude of the voltage is kept constant, but its frequency is raised to 6 kHz, the new
deviation will be for the modulation index is, if fm = 500 Hz, Δf = 2.25
A. 6 kHz

B. 12 kHz

C. 27 kHz

D. 54 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Δf = β x fm 4.5 x 6 kHz 27 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. In TV scanning sequence of lines is


A. left to right

B. right to left

C. left to right for odd fields and right to left for even field

D. left to right for even fields and right to left for odd field
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Scanning is always from left to right.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Which of the following microphones works on the principle of Faraday's law?
A. Carbon

B. Condenser

C. Moving coil

D. Electret
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
In moving coil microphone variations of sound pressure cause an emf to be induced in the
moving coil.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In a CE amplifier connection, the emitter is at ground potential for


A. AC quantities

B. DC quantities

C. all quantities

D. none of the quantities


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
XC for ac frequencies is very low and therefore emitter is nearly at ground potential.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In an AM wave with m = 1, the carrier is suppressed. The resulting power saving will be

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Directive gain is


A. a power ratio

B. a voltage ratio

C. a current ratio

D. a distance ratio
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Directive gain is the ratio of power density radiated in a particular direction by the antenna to the
power density that would be radiated by isotropic antenna.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. Which of the following sampling frequencies is considered adequate in voice telephony?
A. 4 kHz

B. 8 kHz

C. 16 kHz

D. 32 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Generally bandwidth of voice telephony is 4 kHz.
Sampling frequency should be twice this value.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. In equally tampered scale, frequency of each tone equals the frequency of lower adjacent tone
multiplied by
A. (2)1/7

B. (2)1/12

C. (2)1/6

D. (2)1/5
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Since these are 12 intervals in one octave, hence (2) 1/12.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. A carrier is modulated by two modulating waves A and B having modulation indices of 0.6 and
0.8 respectively. The overall modulation index is
A. 1

B. 0.7

C. 0.2

D. 1.4
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. A communication channel disturbed by additive white, Gaussian noise has a bandwidth of 4 kHz
and SNR of 15. The highest transmission rate that this channel can support (in k bits/sec) is
A. 16

B. 1.6

C. 3.2

D. 60
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Channel capacity = 4000 log2 (1 + 15) = 16000 bits/s.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. Which of the following microphones is used as a standard for calibration?


A. Moving coil

B. Carbon

C. Condenser

D. Ribbon
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Condenser microphone is taken as standard for calibration.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
50. The reactance of coupling capacitor for AC signals in an amplifier, should be
A. as low as possible

B. as high as possible

C. neither low nor high

D. either low or high


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
XC for ac signal should be low so that the attenuation is minimum.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. 24 telephone channels, each band limited to 3.4 kHz are to be time division multiplexed using
PCM. If sampling frequency is 10 kHz and number of quantization levels is 128, the required
bandwidth of PCM is
A. 1.68 MHz

B. 240 kHz

C. 81.6 kHz

D. 3.072 MHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Bandwidth ≈ 24 (ln2 128) 10 kHz = 1.68 MHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. Resonant circuits are used in


A. audio amplifiers

B. RF amplifiers

C. both audio and RF amplifiers

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
RF amplifiers use resonant loads (L and C in parallel).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. The bandwidth of DSB suppressed carrier modulation system when the modulating frequency
varies between 500 Hz and 5 kHz is
A. 555 kHz
B. 505 kHz

C. 500 kHz

D. 9 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
fm = 5 kHz - 500 Hz 4.5 kHz
Bandwidth = 2 fm 2 x 4.5 kHz = 9 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Linear diode detector utilizes


A. linear portion of static characteristics of diode

B. linear portion of dynamic characteristic of diode

C. square law portion of dynamic characteristics of diode

D. rectification property of diode


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Detection (also called demodulation) is due to rectification property of diode.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. In the equivalent circuit of a moving coil cone type loudspeaker, the mass of the moving system
is represented by
A. a resistance

B. a capacitance

C. an inductance

D. a conductance
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Mass has inertia and is analogous to inductance.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Assertion (A): In India we use CCIR-B standard


Reason (R): Video signals are frequency modulated.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong


D. A is wrong but R is correct
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Video signals are amplitude modulated.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. CATV stands for


A. Common Antenna Television

B. Community Antenna Television

C. Cable Antenna Television

D. Channel Antenna Television


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
In USA the first cable service was called community antenna television.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Household tape recorders use


A. separate motor for each operation

B. only one motor for all operations

C. one motor for capstan and another for take up reel

D. a total of 3 motors
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
For reasons of economy only one motor is used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A 400 W carrier is modulated to a depth of 75 percent. The total power in modulated wave will
be
A. 38.5 W

B. 400 W

C. 512.5 W

D. 615.5 W
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Sideband frequencies will be fc ± fm.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. A geostationary satellite


A. is located at a height of 358, 00 km

B. appears stationary over earth's magnetic pole

C. is motionless in space but keeps spinning

D. orbits the earth within a 24 hour period


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
It orbits the earth in a 24 hour period. Thus it appears to be stationed over one spot of the globe.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. A line has L = 0.8 µH/m and C = 32 pF/m. Z0 =


A. 6000

B. 600

C. 158

D. 15.8
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. A line has standing waves with a voltage maximum of 35 mV and minimum of 17.5 mV VSWR is
A. 2

B. 4

C. 0.5

D. 0.25
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
13. For a bit rate of 8 kbps, the best possible values of the transmitted frequencies in a coherent
binary FSK system are
A. 16 kHz and 20 kHz

B. 20 kHz and 32 kHz

C. 20 kHz and 40 kHz

D. 32 kHz and 40 kHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:

where i is integer, and nc is fixed integer.

fi = Rb(nc + i) (3 + 1) x 8 32 kHz
(4 + 1)0.8 40 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. If luminance signal Y = 0.3 R + 0.59 G + 0.11 B, the hue of R - Y colour is


A. 0.7 R - 0.59 G - 0.11 B

B. - 0.7 R + 0.59 G + 0.11 B

C. 1.3 R - 0.59 G - 0.11 B

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
R - Y = R - 0.3R - 0.59C - 0.11B = 0.7R - 0.59G - 0.11B.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Trap circuits used in video IF amplifier of colour TV are


A. High Q, LC resonant circuit

B. Low Q, LC resonant circuit

C. High Q, RLC resonant circuit

D. Low Q, RLC resonant circuit


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
High Q LC resonant circuit provides high selectivity.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. A 1000 kHz carrier is simultaneously modulated with 300 Hz, 800 Hz and 2 kHz audio sine
waves. Which of the following frequency is least likely to be present in the output?
A. 1002 kHz

B. 1000 kHz

C. 999.2 kHz

D. 998.0 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Frequency present in the sidebands is equal to = fc ± fm, fc ± 2fm, fc ± 3fm .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. A 300 Hz sound wave of intensity 20 dB is transmitted by a 1500 kHz radio wave by frequency
modulation. It is seen that instantaneous frequency varies between 1500.2 kHz and 1499.8 kHz,
300 times a second. If the intensity of sound wave is 100 dB.
The instantaneous frequency variations will be between 1500.2 and 1499.8 kHz, 1500
A.
times a second

The instantaneous frequency variations will be between 1501 and 1499 kHz, 1500 times
B.
a second

The instantaneous frequency variations will be between 1501 and 1499 kHz, 300 times a
C.
second

The instantaneous frequency variations will be between 1501 and 1499 kHz, 60 times a
D.
second
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Since, the intensity of audio wave has been increased five times, the instantaneous frequency
variation is also increased five times.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. If the average power of radar transmitters is 2 kW and the peak power of the transmitter is 1000
kW, what will be the duty cycle?
A. 0.002

B. 0.02

C. 0.001
D. 0.01
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. An analog signal is band limited to B Hz sampled at Nyquist rate and samples are quantized into

4 levels each with probability . The information rate is


A. 4 bits/s

B. B bits/s

C. 4 B bits/s

D. 0.25 B bits/s
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
Signal should be sampled at frequency 2B Hz.
Hence, information rate = 2 (2B) = 4B bits/s.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The HV supply to a TV receiver is 25 kV and the total beam current for the three electron guns is
2000 μA. The power handled by IHVT is
A. 5W

B. 0.5 W

C. 50 W

D. 500 W
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
25 x 103 x 2000 x 10-6 = 50 W.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Some advantages of optical fibre cables are


1. small diameter
2. Immunity to cross talk and EM interference
3. Laser and LED modulation methods lend themselves ideally to digital operation
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1 only

B. 1 and 2

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 2, 3
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Fibre optic cables have all these advantages.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The contrast control in colour TV receiver is done by


A. chroma amplifier

B. SAW filter

C. video detector

D. luminance amplifier
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Luminance amplifier changes the luminance levels and provides contrast control.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. The requirements of carrier frequency are


A. precise frequency value

B. low frequency drift

C. both (a) and (b)

D. neither (a) nor (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Both should have a precise value and low drift.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. If N bits are lumped together to get an N-bit symbol, the possible number of symbols is
A. 2N

B. 2N - 1

C. 2N - 2

D. 2N - 4
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Each bit can have two levels. Hence 2N.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. The received signal frequency at any time of a super-heterodyne receiver having IF = 456 kHz is
1 MHz. The corresponding image signal is
A. within the medium band

B. outside the medium band

C. depend upon modulation index

D. depends on Modulating frequency


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Image signal frequency = Received signal frequency - 2 x Intermediate frequency.
= 1 MHz - 2 x 456kHz
1 MHz - 912 kHz 88 kHz
which lies in medium bond.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. For an ideal 3000 Hz channel, Nyquist rate is


A. 3000 bps

B. 6000 bps

C. 9000 bps

D. 12000 bps
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
For 3000 Hz.
Nyquist rate is twice, i.e., 6000 bps.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. Assertion (A): Electromagnetic waves in free space spread uniformly in all directions from a
point source
Reason (R): Free space has no interference or obstacles.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Since free space has no interference or obstacles, EM waves spread uniformly.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In the FM wave described by equation v = 15 sin (4 x 108 t + 3 sin 1100 t), the maximum
frequency deviation is
A. 175 Hz

B. 525 Hz

C. 3 Hz

D. 58.33 Hz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
Maximum frequency deviation = 3 x 175 = 525 Hz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. The radar cross-section of a target depends an


A. frequency

B. polarization of incident wave

C. aspect of target

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Effective area of target is called radar cross-section.
It depends on frequency polarization of incident wave and aspect of target.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
30. The Nyquist sampling interval, for the signal sin c (700t) + sin c (5000 t) is

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
g(t) = sin c (700 t) + sin c (500 t)

[sin ( 700 t) + sin ( 500 t)]


fm = 350 Hz

fs = 700 Hz, Nyquist rate = .


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. A directional microphone gives an output of 0.5 mV whereas an omnidirectional one gives an
output of 0.5 μV in the same position for the same sound pressure. The directivity of the
directional microphone is
A. 120 dB

B. 90 dB

C. 60 dB

D. 30 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

Directivity =
= 60 dB.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. If Eb, the energy per bit of a binary digital signal is 10-6 watt sec. and the one sided power
spectral density of the white noise N0 = 10-5 W/Hz, then the output SNR of the matched filter is
A. 26 dB

B. 10 dB
C. 20 dB

D. 13 dB
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
O/P SNR = 10 log10 [2 x 10-6 x 10-5].
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Consider the following statements about Rhombic antenna


1. It is non resonant
2. It is a broad band antenna
3. It is ideally suited for HF transmission
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3

B. 1, 3 only

C. 2, 3 only

D. 1 only
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All the three features are correct.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Assertion (A): A composite video signal has synchronising pulses.


Reason (R): It is necessary to synchronise the scanning process in the transmitter and receiver.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Synchronisation of scanning process at transmitter and receiver is necessary for proper
reproduction at TV receiver.
For this purpose synchronising pulses are sent as a part of video signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
35. Noise with uniform power spectral density of N 0ω/Hz is passed through a filter H(ω) = 2 exp (-J
ω ty) followed by an ideal low pass filter of bandwidth B Hz. The output noise power in watts is
A. 2 N 0B

B. 4 N0B

C. 8 N0B

D. 16 N0B
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Output spectral power density
= | H(ω) | x I/P spectral power density
= 2 x 2N0 4N0
Output power = 4 N0B.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. Assertion (A): In standing wave pattern, the nodes and anti nodes are separated by half wave-
length
Reason (R): When line is terminated in resistance RL, the standing wave ratio is SWR = Z0/RL or
RL/Z0
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. An amplifier has an input resistance of 10 kΩ and the noise voltage is 10 μV. If two such
resistances of 10 kΩ each are connected in series at the input, the total noise voltage is about
A. 20 μV

B. 5μV

C. 14.14 μV

D. 10 μV
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Noise voltage = 10 = 14.14 μV.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. A 400 W carrier is modulated to a depth of 75 percent. The total power in modulated wave will
be
A. 38.5 W

B. 400 W

C. 512.5 W

D. 615.5 W
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Pc = 400 W, m = 0.75

View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. In a colour TV receiver the bandwidth of RF amplifier is


A. exactly equal to channel width

B. a little less than channel width

C. a little more than channel width

D. either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
It is kept a little more than channel width so that reception is not restricted.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. An FM signal with a deviation is passes through the mixer, and has its frequency reduced five
fold. The deviation in the output of the mixer is
A. Δ

B. 5Δ

C. Δ/5

D. indeterminant
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

Δf (frequency deviation) is independent of fm , Δf depends only upon amplitude of


message signal.
Δf = kf.Am .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. FSK is a system involving


A. pulse modulation

B. frequency modulation

C. amplitude modulation

D. phase modulation
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
FSK, i.e., frequency shift keying is a system of frequency modulation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. A 200 Hz sound wave is to be transmitted by a 1000 kHz radio wave using frequency
modulation. The instantaneous frequency variation will be
A. 100 times a second

B. 200 times a second

C. 400 times a second

D. 1000 times a second


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
The instantaneous frequency variation is equal to frequency of audio signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In a TV studios, flying spot scanner is a device for


A. mixing video and audio signals

B. telecasting feature films

C. live telecast of outdoor programs

D. telecast of indoor music programs


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
It is used to telecast feature films. Flying spot scanner uses a special low persistence high
brightness cathode ray tube.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. A broadcast radio transmitter radiates 5 kW when the modulation percentage is 60. How much
of this is carrier power?
A. 6.66 kW

B. 5 kW

C. 4.9 kW

D. 4.23 kW
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
m = 1,

View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. A device has two resistances 300 Ω and 200 Ω respectively. The noise voltages due to these
two resistance calculated separately are 5.38 μV and 4.38 μV respectively. When both of them
are used together, the noise voltage will be
A. 9.76 V

B. 1 μV

C. 23.56 μV

D. 6.94 μV
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. The antenna diameter of a radar system is doubled. The maximum range will
A. be doubled

B. become four times

C. be halved

D. decrease to one fourth


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Range is proportional to antenna diameter.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Which of the following microphones works on the piezoelectric effect?


A. Carbon

B. Condenser

C. Moving coil

D. Crystal
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
As per piezoelectric effect application of pressure across the faces of a crystal produces an emf
across the faces.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In PAL system weighting of R - Y and B - Y signals is done to


A. prevent over modulation on saturated colours

B. prevent under modulation of saturated colours

C. allow over modulation of saturated colours

D. allow under modulation on saturated colours


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Weighting reduces the chances of over-modulation of the transmitter carrier in the presence of
highly saturated colours when picture has very light or very dark parts.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In case of probability of the message is 1 to 16 then the information will be


A. 16 bits
B. 8 bits

C. 4 bits

D. 2 bits
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The saving of power in DSB-SC modulated at 80% is


A. NIL

B. 80%

C. 75.76%

D. 50%
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. A total of 16 equally probable events exist. If it is required to select one out of them, the number
of required bits is
A. 2

B. 4

C. 3

D. 5
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
24 = 16.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. When modulation index of an AM wave is increased from 0.5 to 1, the transmitted power
A. remains the same
B. increases by 25%

C. increases by 33.3%

D. increases by 50%
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Quantizing error occurs in


A. TDM

B. FDM

C. PCM

D. PWD
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
An analog number cannot be converted into an exact digital number.
This is called quantizing error.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. In audio cassettes the width of each recording track is


A. 5 mm

B. 2.5 mm

C. 1.5 mm

D. 1 mm
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each track is 2.5 mm wide.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
5. The most commonly used transistor amplifier circuit is
A. CB

B. CC

C. CE

D. CE or CC
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Common emitter connection has high power gain, and good current and voltage gains.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. When energy is fed into open wire transmission line the energy may get dissipated due to
A. radiation

B. conductor heating

C. dielectric heating

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
All the three cause dissipation of energy as heat.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Fourier series expansion of a real periodic signal with fundamental frequency is given

by It is given that c3 = 3 + j5. then c-3 is


A. 5 + j3

B. -3 - j5

C. -5 + j3

D. 3 - j5
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
For real signal
ck = c*-k
3 - i5.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
8. Loudness control gives
A. high boost to bass and little boost to treble

B. equal boost to bass and treble

C. less boost to bass and more boost to treble

D. less boost to both bass and treble


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
For depth in sound the low frequency notes, (i.e., bass) need more amplification.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A mobile telephone has a range of about


A. 50 km

B. 10 km

C. 1 km

D. 0.1 km
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Mobile telephone has about 50 km range.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. If transmitted power is 75 kW, the field strength at 30 km distance will be about
A. 10 V/m

B. 1 V/m

C. 50 mV/m

D. 2 mV/m
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

Using the derivation,

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In the television system in India, each frame is scanned


A. 100 times
B. 50 times

C. 20 times

D. 10 times
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each frame is divided into odd and even fields. Each field is scanned 25 times so that each
frame is scanned 50 times.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Each kilometer of travel in electromagnetic radiation means a time delay of


A. 330 μs

B. 33 μs

C. 3.3 μs

D. 0.33 μs
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Since velocity of em waves is 300 m/ms, each kilometer means time delay of 3.3 μs.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. A video monitor is exactly similar to TV receiver.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Trinitron is a colour picture tube.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. A RADAR can be used to


A. aim a gun at an aircraft

B. to direct guided missiles

C. to search submarines

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Radar is used for all the three purposes.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In single tone AM modulation, the transmission efficiency for m = 1 is


A. 33.3%

B. 50%

C. 100%

D. 16.65%
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Since signal power = 0.5 PC and total power is 1.5 PC efficiency is 33.3%.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. AM amplifier having noise figure of 20 dB and available power gain of 15 dB is followed by a
mixer circuit having noise figure of 9 dB. The overall noise figure as referred to input in dB is
A. 10.44

B. 11.07

C. 21.52

D. 0.63
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Which one of the following is non-resonant antenna?


A. Folded dipole

B. Broad side array

C. End fire array

D. Rhombic antenna
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Rhombic antenna is a non-resonant antenna capable of operating over 3 to 30 MHz range.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. If the oscillator output is modulated by audio frequencies upto 10 kHz, the frequency range
occupied by the side bands will be
A. 711.9 kHz to 712.1 kHz

B. 702 kHz to 722 kHz

C. 692 kHz to 732 kHz

D. 71.2 kHz to 71.20 kHz


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Sideband frequencies will be fc ± fm.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. The efficiency of using a binary system for selection of 1 out of 13 equally probable events is
A. 100%

B. about 92%

C. about 83%

D. about 71%
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
log2 13 = 3.7 therefore, number of bits = 4.

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The most suitable method for detecting a modulated signal g(t) = (3 to 6 cos 2fmt) cos 2fct is
A. envelope detector

B. synchronous detector

C. ratio detector

D. both a and b
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Because it is an AM envelope.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
21. The time required for horizontal blanking is 16% of that for each horizontal line. If horizontal time
is 63.5 μs, the horizontal blanking time for each line is about
A. 1 μs

B. 10 μs

C. 100 μs

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. When the number of quantising levels is 16 in PCM, the number of pulses in a code group will
be
A. 3

B. 4

C. 8

D. 16
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
2n = L n = 4.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. A message signal with bandwidth 10 kHz is lower sideband SSB modulated with carrier
frequency fc1 = 106 Hz. The resulting signal is then passed though a narrow band frequency
modulator with carrier frequency fc2 = 109Hz. The bandwidth of the output would be
A. 4 x 104 Hz

B. 2 x 106 Hz

C. 2 x 109 Hz

D. 2 x 1010 Hz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Bandwidth = 2Δf + 2B
But for NBFM, B < 1
BW ≈ 2fm 2fc1 2 x 106 Hz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. In a PCM system, if the code word length is increased from 6 to 8 bits, the signal to quantization
noise ratio improves by the factor.
A. 8/6

B. 12

C. 16

D. 8
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Given n1 = 6, n2 = 8,
then (SNR)Q = 22(n2 - n1) 16.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. For 10 bit PCM system, the signal to quantization noise ratio is 62 dB. If the number of bits is
increased by 2, then the signal to quantization noise ratio will
A. increased by 6 dB

B. increased by 12 dB

C. decreased by 6 dB

D. decreased by 12 dB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

= (SNR)Q + 6.02 x 2 (SNE)Q + 12 dB.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. The video heads, in VCR, feed the other circuit


A. directly windings

B. through a transformer having two rotating windings

C. through a transformer having two stationary windings

D. through a transformer having one stationary and one rotatory winding


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Rotatory transformer, in VCR, has one stationary and one rotating winding.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. A high pulse repetition frequency in a radar
A. increases the maximum range

B. decreases the maximum range

C. has no effect on the maximum range

D. either (a) or (b) depending on other factors


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
PRF does not have any effect on range of radar.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In PCM, the biggest disadvantage as compared to AM is


A. larger bandwidth

B. larger noise

C. inability to handle analog signals

D. incompatibility with time division multiplex systems


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
PCM requires large bandwidth.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Which of the following microphones is the cheapest?


A. Moving coil

B. Condenser

C. Ribbon

D. Carbon
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Carbon microphone has the least cost.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. When the carrier is unmodulated, a certain transmitter radiates 9 kW when the carrier is
sinusoidally modulated the transmitter radiates 10.125 kW. The modulation index will be
A. 0.1

B. 10.15

C. 0.4

D. 0.5
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. If a line is terminated in characteristic impedance Z 0, the input impedance measured at the input
will be
A. Z0

B. Z0/2

C. Zero

D. infinite
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
If line is terminated in Z0, the input impedance is Z0.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. In a TV, the output from RF tuner is about


A. 1 μV

B. 1000 μV

C. 100 μV

D. 0.5 μV
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
It is about 1 mV.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. 24 telephone channels, each band limited to 3.4 kHz, are to be time division multiplexed by
using PCM, calculate the bandwidth of PCM system for 128 quantization levels and an 8 KHz
sampling frequency
A. 192 kHz
B. 2 MHz

C. 1.299 MHz

D. 1.54 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Given, n = 24, fm = 3.4 kHz
M = 128,
2N = 128 n=7
But fs = 2fm, here we will consider fs (sampling) frequency
instead at 2fm 2 x 3.4 kHz 6.8 KHz.
B.W. = [24(7 + 1)] 8 kHz = 1.54 MHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. A signal is sampled at 8 kHz and is quantized using 8 bit uniform quantizer. Assuming SNR q for
a sinusoidal signal, the correct statement for PCM signal with a bit rate of R is
A. R = 32 KbPs, SNRq = 25.8 dB

B. R = 64 KbPs, SNRq = 49.8 dB

C. R = 64 KbPs, SNRq = 58.8 dB

D. R = 32 KbPs, SNRq = 49.8 dB


Answer: Option B
Explanation:

where n is no. of bit, fs is sampling frequency.

SNR = 1.76 + 6.02n


= 1.76 + 6.02 x 8 49.8 dB.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Generally a VCR has


A. four stationary video heads

B. two stationary video heads

C. four rotating video heads


D. two rotating video heads
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
VCR has two rotating leads about 180° apart.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. A remote control of TV uses a 10 bit word. The maximum number of total commands it can
transmit is
A. 64

B. 256

C. 512

D. 1024
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
210 = 1024.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Telecine equipment in a TV studio consists of


A. projector telecine

B. flying spot telecine

C. digital CCD telecine

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
It may be any one of these.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. TV signal strength when expressed in dB m has the reference of


A. 10 μV/m

B. 5 μV/m

C. 2 μV/m

D. 1 μV/m
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
TV signal strength has a reference of .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. A sinusoidal voltage amplitude modulates a carrier of peak value 5 kV. Each side band has an
amplitude of 500 V. The modulation index is
A. 0.1

B. 0.2

C. 0.4

D. 0.8
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Kell factor is about


A. 5

B. 3

C. 0.7

D. 0.2
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Kell factor indicates reduction in vertical resolution and varies from 0.65 to 0.85.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. An antenna has a resistance of 50 Ω and an equivalent noise resistance of 30 Ω The noise
figure in decibels is
A. 1.6 dB

B. 2 dB

C. 3.6 dB

D. 6 dB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. An MTI radar operating at 5 GHz has a PRF of 800 pps. The lowest blind speed is
A. 48 m/s

B. 96 m/s

C. 192 m/s

D. 24 m/s
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

Lowest blind speed = 800 x 0.06 = 48 m/s.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. For maximum output the width of air gap of audio head should be
A. equal to wavelength

B. half the wavelength

C. one quarter the wavelength

D. very small as compared to wavelength


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
When width of air gap is 0.5 1, output is maximum.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. The simplest mixer circuit for public address system uses
A. fixed resistances

B. variable resistances

C. inductances

D. capacitances
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
A mixer circuit has variable resistance in series with each microphone to control intensity of
sound.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. PAM stands for


A. Phase Angle Modulation

B. Phase Amplitude Modulation

C. Pulse Amplitude Modulation

D. Pulse Angle Modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
PAM or pulse amplitude modulation is a system in which signal is sampled at regular intervals
and each sample is made proportional to amplitude of the signal at the instant of sampling.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. In a perfect conductor the resistor noise is


A. maximum

B. zero

C. very high

D. almost infinite
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
A perfect conductor does not generate noise.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. An RF carrier of 12 kV at 1 MHz is amplitude modulated by 1 kHz signal having peak value of 6
kV. The modulation pattern is seen on CRO screen. The voltage indicated will be
A. 18 kV

B. 1.001 kV

C. 6 kV

D. 36 kV
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Modulation pattern on CRO will show peak to peak value = 2 (12 + 6) = 36 kV.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In push pull amplifier, each transistor conducts for


A. 180°

B. 360°

C. 90°

D. 45°
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
In push pull circuit each transistor conducts for 180° so that complete conduction for 360°
occurs. Hence minimum distortion and maximum efficiency.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In the television system in India, each channel is allowed a bandwidth of


A. 20 MHz

B. 12 MHz

C. 7 MHz

D. 3 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Each channel is allowed a bandwidth of 7 MHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. A diode detector load consists of 0.01 μF capacitor in parallel with a 5 k ohms resistor. The
maximum depth of modulation without diagonal clipping at modulating frequency of 1000 Hz and
10 kHz is
A. 0.76, 0.24

B. 0.95, 0.3

C. 0.24, 076

D. 0.3, 0.95
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. A Discone antenna is
A. a combination of disk and cone in close approximity

B. a combination of disk and cone at λ/4 spacing

C. a combination of disk and cone far apart

D. a combination of disk and cone at λ/2 spacing


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
It is a combination of disc and cone in close approximity.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. In a two tone AM system the two modulating frequencies are 2000  and 4000  rad/sec. If
carrier frequency is 2 x 106 rad/sec the frequencies of upper sidebands are
A. 1.002 MHz and 1.004 MHz

B. 1.001 MHz and 1.002 MHz

C. 1.001 MHz and 1.004 MHz

D. 1.002 MHz and 1.008 MHz


Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. For a system to be designated as hi-fi, the signal to noise ratio should be at least
A. 25 dB

B. 50 dB

C. 75 dB

D. 100 dB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

Hi-Fi system has a ratio at least equal to 50 dB.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
4. Dolby system of noise reduction divides the total audio spectrum into
A. 8 frequency bands

B. 4 frequency bands

C. 2 frequency bands

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Dolby A system divides the frequency in 4 bands viz.f < 80 Hz, 80 Hz < f < 2999 Hz, f > 3000
Hz, f > 9000 Hz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. In a system an input resistance of 20 kΩ causes a noise voltage of 15μV. If two such input
resistances each of 20 kΩ are used in parallel, the total noise voltage will be about
A. 15 μV

B. 30 μV

C. 7.5 μV

D. 10.6 μV
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

Overall resistance = 10 kW. Noise voltage = (15) = 10.6 μV.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In the television system in India, the odd and even fields are scanned
A. 25 times each

B. 25 times each but alternately

C. 50 times each

D. 50 times each but alternately


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each field is scanned 25 times but alternately.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Consider the following


1. A signal f(t) and its Hilbert transform fh(t) have the same energy density spectrum
2. A signal f(t) and its Hilbert transform, fh(t) have the same auto correlation function
3. A signal f(t) and its Hilbert transform are mutually orthogonal
Which of the above are true?
A. 1, 2 and 3

B. 1 and 2 only

C. 1 only

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All are correct.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Vidicon and plumbicon operate on the principle of


A. photo conduction

B. photo emission

C. photo voltaic

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Photo conduction uses the fact that resistivity of some materials depends on intensity of light
falling on their surface.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A TV receiver has a width of 60 cm. The aspect ratio is 4/3. The required EHT supply is about
A. 29 kV

B. 2.9 kV

C. 45 kV

D. 4.5 kV
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
EHT supply is 1 kV per diagonal inch.

Height = 60 x = 45 cm.
Diagonal = .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. The typical squelch circuit


A. cuts off IF amplifier when AGC is minimum

B. cuts off IF amplifier when AGC is maximum

C. cuts off audio amplifier when carrier is absent

D. eliminates RF interference when signal is weak


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
To suppress noise when carrier is absent, squelch circuit cuts off audio amplifier.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. A narrow band noise n(t) has symmetrical spectrum and has power density spectrum 0.2 x 10-6.
The power density of quadrature component is
A. 0.2 x 10-6

B. 10-7

C. 4 x 10-7

D. 5 x 10-8
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. The radio receivers mostly used now a days are


A. TRF receivers

B. super heterodyne receivers

C. CW receivers

D. pulsed receivers
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Now-a-days only super heterodyne radio receivers are used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. The reactance of coupling capacitors, for DC quantities, is


A. zero

B. low

C. infinite

D. zero or low
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
For zero frequency capacitive reactance is infinite.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. An AM wave is given by s(t)AM = 20 (1 + 0.5 cos 103t + 0.3 cos 104 t cos 106 t) the modulation
index of the envelope is
A. 0.5

B. 0.58

C. 0.3

D. 0.8
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. The modulating frequency in frequency modulation is increased from 10 kHz to 30 kHz. The
bandwidth is increased by
A. 6

B. 1/6 times

C. increase by 30 kHz

D. increase by 20 kHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
BW = 2fm(1 + β)
for β >> 1
B.W.  2fm .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. A sinusoidal signal with peak to peak amplitude of 1.536 volt is quantized into 128 levels using a
mid-rise uniform quantizer. The quantization noise power is
A. 0.768 V

B. 48 x 10-6 V

C. 12 x 10-6 V

D. 3.072 Volt
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. An FM wave is made to pass through a frequency tripler. If original modulation index is mf, the
output of tripler has a modulation index equal to
A. mf

B.
mf

C. 3 mf

D.
mf
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Frequency tripler makes modulation index three times.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. A balun provides an impedance transformation of


A. 16 : 1

B. 8 : 1
C. 4 : 1

D. 2 : 1
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Balun has turn ratio of 2 : 1. Therefore, impedance transformation is 4 : 1.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. A signal m(t) with bandwidth 500 Hz is first multiplied by a signal g(t)

where . The resulting signal is then passes through an ideal


low pass filter with bandwidth 1 kHz the output of the low pass filter would be
A. δ(t)

B. m(t)

C. 0

D. m(t) δ(t)
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Multiplication in time domain is equivalent to convolution. According to the property of impulse
signal, convolution of a signal m(t) with δ(t) is signal itself.
m(t) x g(t)

m(t).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. If γ = (S0/N0)/(Si/Nm) where S0 and S1 are signal power output and signal power input and N 0 and
Nm are noise power output and noise power input, the value of γ for SSB-SC and DSB-SC
amplitude modulated system respectively are
A. 1 and 1

B. 1 and 2

C. 2 and 1

D. 0.5 and 0.5


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
SSB - SC and SSB - DB have γ = 1 and are similar from noise point.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
21. Consider the draw backs
1. Slope overload
2. Serration noise
3. Granular noise
Which of these draw backs does Delta modulation have?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 2 and 3 only

C. 1 and 3 only

D. 1, 2, 3
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
In delta modulation the, recovered waveform may be dc whereas the original signal is not dc.
This noise is called granular noise.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. It is required to increase the maximum range of a radar by a factor of two. The peak power
transmitted in the radar system has to be increased by a factor of
A. 2

B. 4

C. 8

D. 16
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Range μ (Power)0.25
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Armstrong F.M. transmitter performs frequency multiplication in stages


A. to increase the overall S/N

B. for convenience

C. to reduce the bandwidth

D. to find the desired value of carrier frequency with frequency deviation


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
where (Δf) is the frequency deviation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. A source generates three symbols with probabilities 0.25, 0.25, 0.50 at a rate of 3000 symbols
per second. Assuming independent generation of symbols, the most efficient source encoder
would have average bit rate is as
A. 6000 bits/sec

B. 4500 bits/sec

C. 3000 bits/sec

D. 1500 bits/sec
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Use Shannon Fano coding.

(0.25) is encoded as 01
Number of bits/sec
= 0.25 x 3000 x 2 + 0.25 x 3000 x 2 + 0.5 x 3000
45000 bits/sec.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. The filter circuit for feeding tweeter has


A. an inductance in series and a capacitance in parallel

B. a capacitance in series and an inductance in parallel

C. a resistance in series and a capacitance in parallel


D. a capacitance in series and a resistance in parallel
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Series capacitance and shunt inductance is high pass circuit.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. The name modem is a contraction of terms modulator demodulator.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Baudot code is 5 bit code.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. The use of SSB


A. halves the bandwidth required for transmission

B. does not affect the bandwidth for transmission

C. decreases the bandwidth required for transmission by 25%

D. decreases the bandwidth required for transmission by 66.6%


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
One side band is eliminated in SSB.
Therefore bandwidth is halved.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. If a signal voltage Vs is accompanied by a noise voltage Vn the signal to noise ratio is

A.

B.

C.
D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Power is proportional to V2.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Video signals are transmitted through


A. amplitude modulation

B. frequency modulation

C. either amplitude or frequency modulation

D. neither amplitude nor frequency modulation


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Because of large bandwidth requirement, modulation of video signals is possible only by
amplitude modulation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A TV receiver has 20 kV EHT supply and total beam current (for 3 electron guns) of 1500 μA.
The power handled by IHVT is
A. 3W

B. 30 W

C. 300 W

D. 0.3 W
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
P = 20 x 103 x 1500 x 10-6 = 30 W.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Some possible disadvantages of high level modulation in TV transmitters are


1. Video monitor has to supply high video voltages upto several hundred volts into highly capacitive
loads drawing high current at video frequencies
2. The grid modulated stage presents a varying load to its driver
3. The linearity and high video driving power present design problems
Out of above which are true?
A. 1 only
B. 1 and 2 only

C. 1, 2 and 3

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
All these are true.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. Beam width of an antenna is expressed in


A. metres

B. degrees

C. ratio of two powers

D. ratio of two angles


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Beam width is the angular separation between the two half power points on the power density
radiation pattern. It is expressed in degrees.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In broadcast television, the number of lines per frame is chosen to be odd number to
A. reduce the required bandwidth

B. improve resolution

C. reduce peak power requirement

D. make interlacing easier


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Odd number of lines per frame makes interlacing easier.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. In a picture tube, the video signal is applied to


A. cathode

B. grid

C. any anode
D. either cathode or grid
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Video signal is applied to cathode.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. If frames are repeated at 60 Hz and each frame has 525 lines, the time for scanning one
horizontal line (for progressive scanning and no interlacing) is about
A. 320 μs

B. 32 μs

C. 3.2 μs

D. 0.32 μs
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. Full duplex operation


A. requires modems at both ends of circuit

B. requires two pairs of cables

C. can transfer data in both directions simultaneously

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Full duplex system has all these features.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In a tape recorder the erase head is


A. engaged during playback but disengaged during recording

B. engaged both during recording and playback

C. disengaged both during recording and playback

D. engaged during recording but disengaged during playback


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
It is engaged during recording to erase the previous matter.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Consider the following statements as regards advantages of CCD sensors as camera pick up
tube
1. High sensitivity
2. Good spectral response
3. Image lag absent
Out of the above which are correct
A. 1, 2, 3

B. 1, and 2 only

C. 1 and 3 only

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
CCD (charged coupled device) sensors have all these advantages.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Some desirable features of a computer communication network are


1. It should accept an intended transmission without excessive delay
2. The data arriving at a receiving point should be processed rapidly
3. When a transmission calls for a response, the delay of response should be minimum.
Which of the above are true?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1 and 3 only

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
All the three features are necessary.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Television transmission is by


A. ground waves

B. sky waves

C. space waves

D. all of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The reception of signals by space waves is governed by line of sight range limited to about 75
kms or so. For frequencies above 30 MHz (generally used for television) communication is
through space waves.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In the television system in India, the aspect ratio is


A. 4:3

B. 3 : 4

C. 5 : 4

D. 4 : 5
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

Aspect ratio is the width/height ratio of TV receiver. It is .


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In high power radars, which of the following are used for switching?
A. Power diode

B. Power BJT

C. Power MOSFET

D. Thyristor
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
For high power switching thyristor is the most suitable device.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. A remote control for TV uses


A. LED in receiver and photodiode in transmitter
B. LED in transmitter and photodiode in receiver

C. LED in both transmitter and receiver

D. Photodiode in both transmitter and receiver


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Infrared LED transmits the pulse. At receiver photo diode converts infrared signals into electrical
signals.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. In the FM wave described by equation v = 15 sin (4 x 108 t + 3 sin 1100 t), the carrier frequency
and signal frequency respectively are
A. 63.66 MHz and 175 Hz

B. 4 x 108 Hz and 1100 Hz

C. 175 Hz and 63.66 MHz

D. 1100 Hz and 4 x 108 Hz


Answer: Option A
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. A sequence x(n) with the z transform X(z) = z4 + z2 - 2z + 2 - 3z - 4 is applied as an input to a


linear, time invariant system with the impulse response h(n) = 2δ(n - 3) where

The output at n = 4 is
A. -6

B. zero

C. 2

D. - 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Y(Z) = X(Z) x H(Z)
= 2 x (Z4 + Z2 - 2Z + 2) x Z-3
Y(n) = 2[δ(n + 1) - δ(n - 1) - 2(n - 2) + 2δ(n - 3) - 3δ(n - 7)]
at n = 4, Y(4) = 0.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which of the following amplifiers is used for impedance matching?


A. CE

B. CC

C. CB

D. Push pull
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
CC connection has low output impedance and is suitable for impedance matching.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Which of the following amplifiers has highest output impedance?


A. CE

B. CB

C. CC

D. Push pull
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
CB connection has high output impedance and is used for radio frequency isolation.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In a superheterodyne receiver, having no RF amplifier, the IF is 455 kHz. The image frequency
at 1000 kHz is
A. 1455 kHz

B. 545 kHz

C. 1910 kHz

D. 90 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Image frequency = 1000 - 455 = 545 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
49. Audio tapes have two tracks each 2.5 mm wide.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Deck is much superior to tape recorder.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. Which of the following amplifiers has a voltage gain of less than 1?
A. CE

B. CC

C. CB

D. CE or CB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
CC circuit has voltage gain of less than 1 and is used for impedance matching.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Consider the following test signal patterns


1. Ramp
2. Grill
3. Grey shades
4. Sine pulse
5. Picture line up generating equipment
Which of the above are used in TV studios?
A. All

B. 1, 2 and 3 only

C. 1, 2 and 5 only

D. 2, 3, 4 and 5 only
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All these are standard test signals used in TV studios.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2.
If aspect ratio is and number of lines in each frame is 625, the number of picture elements in
one frame is

A.
x 625

B.
(625)2

C. 6252

D.
(625)2
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

Since there are 625 lines in one frame, the number of picture elements is .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Indicate the false statement: If SWR on a transmission line is infinite, the line is terminated in
A. open circuit

B. short circuit

C. pure reactance

D. complex impedance
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
If line is OC or SC or terminated in pure reactance, SWR is 1.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. In TV signals colour burst is used


A. to maintain colour sequence

B. to ensure I and Q phase correctly

C. to synchronise colours

D. for interlacing of horizontal lines


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Colour burst consists of a short train of about 10 cycles sent to the receiver along with
synchronous signals. It ensures I and Q phase correctly.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. The resonant frequency of an RF amplifier is 1 MHz and its bandwidth is 10 kHz. The Q factor
will be
A. 10

B. 100

C. 0.01

D. 0.1
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. The total number of pulses in a TV remote control is


A. 14

B. 12

C. 10

D. 8
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
The 14 pulses are preliminary pulse, start pulse, stop pulse and 11 other pulses.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Which camera tube has highest sensitivity and very wide spectral response?
A. Vidicon

B. Plumbicon

C. New vicon

D. Saticon
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
New vicon has very high sensitivity and very wide spectral response which extends well into
infrared region.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Assertion (A): A Smith chart can be used for a number of calculations of a transmission line
Reason (R): Smith chart is basically a polar impedance diagram.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Smith chart is a convenient tool for transmission line design and analysis.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A computer monitor uses 180 W in normal operation and 20 W in sleep mode. The computer is
on all the 24 hours but is in sleep mode for 18 hours a days. The energy units saved in 30 days
are
A. 0.54 units

B. 86.4 units

C. 2.88 units

D. 4.8 units
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Consider the following functions


1. It detects the AM video carrier IF so as to produce the video signal
2. It produces and separates out the inter carrier sound IF of 5.5 MHz
3. It amplifies the video signal
4. It amplifies the audio signal
The video detector in a colour TV performs which of the above functions
A. 1, 2 and 3

B. 1, 2, 3 and 4

C. 1 and 2

D. 1, 2 and 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Video detector does not amplify any signal.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Which of the following antennas is circularly polarized?


A. Yagi-Uda

B. Parabolic reflector

C. Small circular loop

D. Helical
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
The helical antenna is circularly polarized, i.e., its polarization is evenly divided between vertical
and horizontal components.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In colour TV system the colour sub carrier frequency is 4.43 MHz.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Video monitor does not have RF tuner and IF amplifier stages.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. A transmitter power of 5 W is increased by 20 dB. The effective radiated power is


A. 5W

B. 100 W

C. 25 W

D. 500 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
or P = 500 W.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. The percentage saving in power of 100% modulated suppressed carrier AM signal is
A. 100

B. 75

C. 66.6

D. 50
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
m = 1,

if carrier is suppressed then

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. The maximum distance between television transmission and receiving antennas for reasonably
good reception should be
A. less than 20 km

B. less than 100 km

C. less than 500 km

D. less than 1000 km


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Television transmission is governed by line of sight distance which is about 100 km or less.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. Assertion (A): EM waves are attenuated as they travel outward from a source
Reason (R): Both field intensity and power density follow inverse square law.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
As per inverse square law, power is inversely proportional to square of distance.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. The frequency response of a microphone means


A. bandwidth of frequencies having output with in ± 1 dB of the output at 1000 Hz

B. bandwidth of frequencies having output with in ± 3 dB of the output at 1000 Hz

C. bandwidth of frequencies having output with in ± 1 dB of the output at 500 Hz

D. bandwidth of frequencies having output with in ± 3 dB of the output at 500 Hz


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
100 Hz is taken as standard for specifying the output.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Graphic equaliser system in stereophonic systems generally have


A. 3 or 4 bands

B. 1 band

C. more than 8 bands

D. large number of bands


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Stereo systems have 3 or 4 bands at 300 Hz, 1000 Hz, 10000 Hz etc. in graphic equaliser
system.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. An amplifier operating over a frequency range of 18 to 20 MHz has 10 kΩ input resistance. At a
temperature of 27° C, the noise voltage at input of amplifier is (Boltzman constant k = 1.38 x 10-
23
J/K)
A. 18.2 μV

B. 182 μV

C. 16.2 μV

D. 162 μV
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Using Equation Va = (4 x 1.38 x 10-23 x 300 x 2 x 106 x 104)0.5 = 18.2 x 10-6 V.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Some sources of TV programs are


1. TV camera
2. Telecine
3. VTR
4. External signal
Which of the above are actually present in a TV studio?
A. 1, 2, 3 and 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1 and 3

D. 1 2 and 4
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
All these are present.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Two sinusoidal signals of same amplitude and frequencies 10 kHz and 10.1 kHz are added
together. The combined signal is given to an ideal frequency detector. The output of the detector
is
A. 0.1 kHz sinusoidal

B. 10.1 kHz sinusoidal

C. a linear function

D. a constant
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Y(t) = A cos (2 x 104 t) + A cos (2 x 10.1 x 103 t)
when passed through high pass filter,
Output will be A cos (2 x 10.1 x 103 t) only.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. In Vidicon camera tube, the resistance of photoconductive material on the target plate
A. is constant

B. is more in darkness and less in brightness

C. is more in brightness but less in darkness and brightness

D. may be more or less in darkness and brightness


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Light dependent resistor (LDR) has high resistance in darkness and low resistance in brightness.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. In a satellite transponder the power amplifier feeds power P to the transmitting antenna of gain
G. If distance of earth is d, the power flux density is
A. PG/d

B. PG/4d2

C. P/G(4d2)

D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Available power is PG and is spread over 4 nd2.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The percentage saving in power of 100% modulated suppressed carrier AM signal is
A. 100

B. 75

C. 66.6

D. 50
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Pc = 400 W, m = 0.75
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Which of the following are useful in comparing the noise performance of receivers?
1. Input noise voltage
2. Noise figure
3. Noise resistance
4. Noise temperature
Select answer as per the following codes:
A. 1, 2 and 3

B. 1, 3 and 4

C. 2, 3, 4

D. 1, 2, 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Noise figure, noise resistance and noise temperature are useful quantities. Input noise voltage
alone is not sufficient unless gain of amplifier stages is also known.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Compact discs use


A. magnetic recording and retrieval

B. optical recording and retrieval

C. optical recording but magnetic retrieval

D. magnetic recording but optical retrieval


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
CD uses optical recording and retrieval.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. A carrier is phase modulated (PM) with frequency deviation of 10 kHz by a single tone frequency
of 1 kHz. If the single tone frequency is increased to 2 kHz, assuming that phase deviation
remains unchanged, the bandwidth of the PM signal is
A. 21 kHz

B. 22 kHz

C. 42 kHz
D. 44 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Frequency deviation = 10 kHz, fm = 1 kHz
2(fm + Df)
Bandwidth = 22 kHz
2(10 + 1) 22 kHz
fm is doubled
Hence 22 x 2 44 kHz bandwidth.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In a communication receiver, a squelch circuit is normally inserted


A. before detector

B. after detector

C. before mixer

D. after power amplifier


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Squelch, i.e., muting is added after detector to suppress noise when no carrier is present at
input.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In PCM, the information lies


A. in one or two properties of the pulse

B. in absence of pulse

C. in presence of pulse

D. in presence or absence of pulse


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Depending on which logic is used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A carrier is simultaneously modulated by two sine waves having modulation indices of 0.4 and
0.3. The total modulation index will be
A. 0.1
B. 0.7

C. 0.5

D. 0.35
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
m1= 0.4, m2 = 0.3 .

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. A 1000 kHz carrier is simultaneously modulated by 300 Hz and 2 kHz audio sine wave. Which of
the following frequencies will not be present in the output?
A. 998 kHz

B. 999.7 kHz

C. 1000.3 kHz

D. 700 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
1000 ± 0.3 and 1000 ± 2 kHz will be present.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. SWR for a transmission line is infinity when the load is


1. Short circuit
2. Complex impedance
3. Open circuit
4. Pure reactance
Of the above statements:
A. 1, 3, 4 are correct

B. 1 and 3 are correct

C. 2, 3, 4 are correct

D. 1, 2, 4 are correct
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
SWR is infinite if |v| = 1.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
33. The discone antenna is
A. used in UHF range

B. circularly polarized

C. used in radar

D. used as a direction finding antenna


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Discone antenna is a combination of disc and cone. It is omnidirectional and is used in VHF and
UHF range especially at airports.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The direction of pick up in a CD is


A. linear from centre towards edge

B. linear from edge to centre

C. nonlinear from centre to edge

D. nonlinear from edge to center


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
It is linear from centre to edge.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. A (75 - j 50) Ω load is connected to a coaxial line of Z0 = 75 Ω at 10 GHz. The best method of
matching consists of using
A. a capacitance at some specific distance from load

B. a short circuited stub at some specific distance from load

C. an inductance at load

D. a short circuited stub at load


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
A short-circuited stub placed at a suitable distance from load provides best matching.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. In PCM the amplitude levels are transmitted in a 7 unit code. Sampling frequency is 10 kHz. The
bandwidth should be
A. 5 kHz
B. 35 kHz

C. 70 kHz

D. 5 MHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

Bandwidth = (10 x 7) = 35 kHz.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In colour television V and U signals are


A. same as I and Q signal

B. same as R - Y and B - Y

C. modified I and Q signal

D. modified R - Y and B - Y
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
U = 0.493 (B - Y) and V = 0.877 (R - Y).
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Which of the following has highest power gain?


A. CE

B. CC

C. CB

D. CB or CC
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
CE connection has good current and voltage gain. Therefore power gain is very high.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Two messages m1, and m2 have a probability of 0.5 each. The entropy is
A. 0.25

B. 0.5

C. 0.75
D. 1
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Entropy = 0.5 log2 2 + 0.5 log2 2 = 1.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. A TV receiver is 40 cm wide and 30 cm high. The EHT supply required is about
A. 2kV

B. 20 kV

C. 53 kV

D. 10 W
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

and EHT supply is 1 kV per diagonal inch.


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. An AM signal is detected using an envelope detector, the carrier frequency and modulating
signal frequency are 1 MHz and 2 kHz respectively. An appropriate value for the time constant of
the envelope detector is
A. 500 μ sec

B. 20 μ sec

C. 0.2 μ sec

D. 1 μ sec
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
In envelope detector, for proper detection

10-6 ≤ RC ≤ 250 μ sec.


Only 20 m sec satisfies the condition.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. For signal amplitude modulated to a depth of 100% by a sinusoidal signal, power is
A. same as that of unmodulated carrier
B. twice the power of unmodulated carrier

C.
times the power of unmodulated carrier

D.
times the power of unmodulated carrier
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
When m = pt = 1.5 Pc
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. If transmitted power is 10 kW, the field strength at a distance d is 50 mV/m. If transmitted power
is reduced to 2.5 kW, the field strength at the same point will be
A. 25 mV/m

B. 12.5 mV/m

C. 6.25 mV/m

D. 3.125 mV/m
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
E ∝ Pt .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Some features of advanced mobile phone service are


1. To provide telephone communication to a large number of telephone users within the area of a
metropolitan only
2. To use minimum amount of frequency spectrum
3. To permit hand held as well as vehicle operation of telephone
Which of the above are true?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1 and 3 only

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
All the three features are necessary.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
45. The carrier frequency will be if L = 50 µH and C = 1 nF.
A. 512

B. 612 kHz

C. 712 kHz

D. 812 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
L = 50 µH, C = 1 nF

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Three point tracking is achieved with


A. double conversion

B. padder capacitor

C. double spotting

D. variable selectivity
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
To obtain three point tracking a capacitor is connected in series with local oscillator coil. This
capacitor is called padder capacitor.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In TV transmitter, visual exciter may consist of


1. Video processing unit
2. Visual modulator
3. VSB filter
4. Delay equaliser
5. Frequency converter
Which of the above are actually a part of visual exciter?
A. 1, 2 and 3

B. 2, 3 and 4

C. 1, 2, 3 and 4

D. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
All these are part of visual exciter.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The positive peak of an AM wave is 16 V and the minimum value is 4 V Assuming single tone
modulation, the modulation index is
A. 0.6

B. 0.25

C. 4

D. 0.36
Answer: Option A
Explanation:

Average value = 10 V and .


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In a circuit the value of resistor is made four times. The noise voltage generated by this
resistance will
A. be doubled

B. be increased four times

C. remain the same

D. become half
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Noise voltage ∝ R.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. A resistor of 10 kΩ has an rms noise voltage of 1 mV under a certain set of conditions. A resistor
of 20 kΩ under the same conditions will have an rms noise voltage of
A. 1 mV

B. 2 mV

C. 1.414 mV

D. 4 mV
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
i ∝ R.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. In a satellite system circular polarization is to be obtained. The antenna used is


A. parabolic

B. horn

C. log periodic

D. helical
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Helical antenna produces a circularly polarized radiation if its two components are at right angles
and are equal. It is very commonly used in radio telemetry.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. A horizontal output stage is cutoff for retrace and 40% of trace. If time for each horizontal line is
64 μs and retrace time is 12 μs, the transistor is conducting for about
A. 64 μs

B. 6.4 μs

C. 31 μs

D. 3.1 μs
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

Total time for each horizontal line = .


Time for trace = 64 - 12 = 52 μs.
Time for which transistor is not conducting = 12 + 0.4 x 52 = 32.8 ms.
Time for which transistor is conducting = 64 - 32.8 = 31 μs.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. A TV remote control works on the principle of


A. pulse code modulated ultra violet light

B. pulse code modulated infrared light

C. demodulation

D. either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Infrared light is used in TV remote control.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. As the magnitude of reverse bias is increased, the capacitance of varactor diode


A. increases

B. decreases

C. first increase, then decreases

D. first decreases then increases


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
When magnitude of reverse bias is increased, thickness of depletion layer increases.
Capacitance is inversely proportional to thickness.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. To prevent overloading in the last IF amplifier one should use


A. variable sensitivity

B. squelch

C. double conversion

D. variable selectivity
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Variable sensitivity prevents overloading.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Push pull amplifier is


A. class B

B. class A

C. class C

D. Class A or Class C
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
It is a class B amplifier.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The tape recorders used in homes have


A. common head and common amplifier system for recording and playback

B. different heads and amplifiers for recording and playback

C. same head but different amplifiers for recording and playback

D. different heads but same amplifier for recording and playback


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Common head and common amplifier is used.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In a communication system, noise is most likely to affect the signal


A. at the receiver

B. at the transmitter

C. at the information source

D. in the channel
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Noise is mostly generated in channel.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. Each frequency in the modulating wave gives rise to four side bands.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Each frequency gives two side bands.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Assertion (A): CCIR-B system has 625 scanning lines per frame and 2 : 1 interlace.
Reason (R): The aspect ratio is 4 : 3
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A
B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In VHS format each video head is tilted from azimuth by


A. 20°

B. 10°

C. 6°

D. 1°
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Tilting of heads is done to reduce cross-talk.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. The number of possible colours with a 4 line digital input monitor are
A. 4

B. 16

C. 64

D. 2
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
24 = 16.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Convolution of x(t + 5) with impulse function δ(t - 7) is equal to


A. x(t - 2)

B. x(t + 12)

C. x(t - 12)

D. (t + 2)
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Convolution of | x(t + s) with d(t - 7)

x(t - 7 + 5) x(t - 2).


View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Which of the following is a better recording medium?


A. Ferric oxide

B. Ferrous oxide

C. Chromium di oxide

D. Either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Chromium di oxide has very good retentivity.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. An angle modulated signal is given by s(t) = cos 2 (2 x 106t + 30 sin 150t + 40 cos 150t). The
maximum frequency and phase deviations of s(t) are
A. 10.5 kHz, 140 rad

B. 6 kHz and 80 rad

C. 10.5 kHz, 100 rad

D. 7.5 kHz, 100 rad


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
s(t) = cos 2(2 x 10+16t + 30 sin 150t + 40 cos 150t)
Phase deviation = 100 
Frequency deviation = 7.5 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The PSD and the power of a signal g(t) are respectively Sg(ω) and Pg, the PSD and the power of
signal a.g(t) are respectively
A. aS2g (ω) and a2Pg

B. aSg2 (ω) and aPg

C. aSg (ω) and a2Pg

D. aSg (ω) and aPg


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. In a 100% amplitude modulated signal, the power in the upper sideband when carrier power is to
be 100 W and modulation system SSBSC, is
A. 100 W

B. 66 W

C. 50 W

D. 25 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Modulation index = 100% 1
Pc = 100 W

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The simplest method of suppression of unwanted side band in AM is


A. filter method

B. phase shift method

C. third method

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Unwanted frequency is removed by filtering.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. For attenuation of low frequencies we should use


A. shunt capacitance

B. series capacitance

C. shunt inductance

D. series inductance
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Series capacitance has high reactance for low frequencies.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Assertion (A): A colour TV uses a SAW filter to give stable band pass response and high gain.
Reason (R): Devices using SAW principle are used in many systems.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
SAW means Surface Acoustic Wave. SAW filter is very commonly used in TV sets.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. At night the ionosphere can be considered to be consisting of


A. D, E, F1 and F2 layers

B. D, E, F1 layers

C. D, E, F2 layers

D. E and F2 layers
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
During night D layer is almost absent. Moreover F1 and F2 layers merge to form single F2 layer.
Hence only D and F2 layers at night.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. A balun transformer gives an impedance transformation of


A. 4:1

B. 2 : 1

C. 1 : 4

D. 1 : 2
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Balun gives 4 : 1 impedance transformation and can be used to interconnect twin wire feeder
cable to coaxial cable.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Which one of the following is true?


A. Characteristic impedance of twin wire feeder and coaxial cable are nearly the. same

B. The characteristic impedance of coaxial cable is more than that of twin wire cable

C. The characteristic impedance of twin wire cable is more than that of coaxial cable

The characteristic impedance of a twin wire feeder may be more or less than that of
D.
coaxial cable
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Z0 for twin wire cable is about 300 ohms while that for coaxial cable is about 75 ohms.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
24. A 1000 kHz carrier wave modulated 40% at 40000 Hz is applied to a resonant circuit tuned to a
carrier frequency and having Q = 140. What is the degree of modulator after transmission
through the circuit?
A. 40%

B. 20%

C. 0.27

D. 0.54
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
m0 = m(1 + 4Q2δ2)1/2

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. The EHT voltage in a picture tube of TV is


A. about 1000 kV

B. about 100 kV

C. about 15 kV

D. about 1 kV
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
EHT voltage is 1 kV for each diagonal inch of CRT screen.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In cellular telephone each cell is designed to handle


A. 45 two way communications

B. 90 two way communications

C. 45 one way communications

D. 180 two way communications


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
Each cell is designed for 45 two way conversations.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. A UPS contains
A. rectifier

B. inverter

C. either rectifier or inverter

D. both rectifier and inverter


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Rectifier is needed to charge the battery. Inverter is needed to feed the loads during power
failure.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. A transmitter power of 10 W is increased by 30 dB. The effective radiated power is


A. 100 W

B. 1000 W

C. 10000 W

D. 100000 W
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

or P = 10000 W.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. It is desired to couple a coaxial line to a two parallel wire line. It is best to use
A. quarter wave transformer

B. balun

C. slotted line

D. directional coupler
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Balun gives 4 : 1 impedance transformation and is suited for coupling a coaxial line to two wire
line.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. 24 telephone channels are frequency division multiplexed using an SSB modulation. Assuming 3
kHz per channel, the required band width is
A. 8 kHz

B. 27 kHz

C. 21 kHz

D. 72 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Since SSB modulation is used, bandwidth = 24 x 3 = 72 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In an FM signal, the modulating frequency is 2 kHz and maximum deviation is 10 kHz. The
bandwidth requirement is
A. 2 kHz

B. 10 kHz

C. 5 kHz

D. 32 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:

Bandwidth = 2(10 + 5) j 30 kHz. This is an approximate value.


Exact value is 32 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. The effective length of antenna is different from actual length due to
A. top loading

B. end effects

C. both (a) and (b)

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
The effective length is more than actual length due to the effect of top loading and end effects.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In a TV receiver there is no raster, no picture and no sound. The most likely defective stage is
A. power supply unit

B. video output circuit

C. horizontal oscillator

D. balun
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
If power supply is working, raster will exist.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Noise can be measured by


A. D.C. voltmeter

B. A.C. voltmeter

C. either of the above

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. A 100 + j 100 Ω load is to be matched to a line with Z0 = 300 Ω to give SWR = 1. The reactance
of stub is
A. j 200 Ω

B. -j 200 Ω

C. j 100 Ω

D. -j 100 Ω
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
ZL = 100 + j 100

Susceptance of stub = j 0.005 mho.

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
36. Assertion (A): For satellites and space probes, PRF of a radar is pretty low.
Reason (R): PRF of a radar depends on the range of a radar.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
PRF means Pulse Repetition Frequency.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. An S/N ratio of 3 expressed in db is


A. 4.8 dB

B. 2.4 dB

C. 0.48 dB

D. 0.24 dB
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
10 log10 3 = 4.8 .
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. The material used for the magnet of moving coil cone type loudspeaker is
A. steel alloy

B. soft iron

C. hard steel

D. Alnico
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Alnico produces a strong magnetic field.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. CCIR system B employs


A. 625 lines

B. 625 lines with 2 : 1 interlace


C. 625 lines with 4 : 1 interlace

D. 500 lines with 2 : 1 interlace


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
625 lines divided into odd and even fields, i.e., 2 : 1 interlace.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. The power to the base unit of a cordless telephone is supplied by


A. battery

B. AC mains

C. both battery and AC mains

D. either battery or AC mains


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
Base unit is fed from ac mains and portable unit from battery.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. If velocity of sound waves in air at 0°C is 330 m/s, the velocity at 40°C is about
A. 330 m/s

B. 334 m/s

C. 353 m/s

D. 380 m/s
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

or v = 353 m/s.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. A 5000 W signal is attenuated by - 196 dB. The resultant signal strength is
A. 1.26 x 106 W

B. 1.26 x 10-2 W

C. 1.26 x 10-8 W

D. 1.26 x 10-16 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
or P = 1.26 x 10-16 W.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In FM, as bandwidth increases


A. distortion increases

B. distortion decreases

C. distortion remains unaffected

D. all
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. A 400 W carrier is amplitude modulated with m = 0.75. If single side band suppressed carrier is
used the total power in modulated wave is
A. 400 W

B. 512 W

C. 112 W

D. 56 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. In TV transmitter, the function of duplexer is


A. to amplify video signal

B. to remove distortions in audio signal

C. to combine outputs of visual and audio transmitters

D. to amplify audio signal


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Duplexer combines video and audio signals so that they can be sent out by a common antenna.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. Microwave link repeaters are typically 50 km apart in TV transmission due to
A. atmosphere attenuation

B. output power tube limitations

C. attenuation of surface wave

D. earth's curvature
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Earth's curvature limits line of sight distance. Therefore, repeaters are needed.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Assertion (A): The colour signal consists of only luminance signal
Reason (R): In India PAL colour signal system is used.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
Colour signal consists of luminance and chrominance.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. To separate channels in FDM receiver we have to use


A. integration

B. AND gate

C. band pass filter

D. differentiation
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
Band pass filter allows a band of frequencies to pass through and attenuates other frequencies.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
49. A device with input x(t) and y(t) is characterized by y(t) = x2(t). An FM signal with frequency
deviation of 90 kHz and modulating signal bandwidth of 5 kHz is applied to this device. The
bandwidth of the output signal is
A. 370 kHz

B. 190 kHz

C. 380 kHz

D. 95 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
If we square the signal, bandwidth will becomes double.
B.W. for x(t) = 2(90 + 5) = 190 kHz
for x2(t) = 2 x 190 380 kHz.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. Assertion (A): Bandwidth of a TV signal is 5 MHz.


Reason (R): TV systems use vestigial side band transmission.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. If sound intensity is 8 W/m2, the dB level of this sound is about


A. 5 dB

B. 50 dB

C. 129 dB

D. 1290 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. The distance of a direct broadcasting satellite from earth's surface is about


A. 1000 km
B. 10000 km

C. 36000 km

D. 55000 km
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Which of the following microphones has an inbuilt amplifier?


A. Condenser

B. Moving coil

C. Ribbon

D. Carbon
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. UHF range is
A. 3 to 30 MHz

B. 30 to 300 MHz

C. 300 to 3000 MHz

D. 3000 to 30000 MHz


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. In asynchronous TDM, for n signal sources, each frame contains m slots, where m is usually
A. Less than n

B. 2n

C. n

D. greater than 2n
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. How much is contributed by each bit in the code word of a PCM system under uniform and
symmetric quantization to the signal to noise ratio?
A. 3 dB

B. 4 dB

C. 5 dB

D. 6 dB
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Noise which assumes great importance at high frequencies is


A. flicker noise

B. Johnson noise

C. transit-time noise

D. shot noise
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Which one is Analog Continuous modulation technique?


A. AM

B. DM

C. PAM

D. PCM
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. AM transmitter employing low level modulation


A. uses class C amplifier for amplification

B. requires higher audio power


C. has a poor efficiency

D. has a higher efficiency


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. As the area of a public meeting increases the amplifier power output required increases.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. The number of spectral component when two cosine waves are multiplied of different frequency
A. 1

B. 2

C. 8

D. 4
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Radiation resistance of an antenna is a


A. dc resistance

B. ac resistance

C. either (a) or (b)

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. A 1 MHz sinusoidal carrier is amplitude modulated by a symmetrical square wave of period 100
μ sec. Which of the following frequencies will not be in the modulated signal?
A. 990 kHz

B. 1010 kHz

C. 1020 kHz

D. 1030 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. The input to a coherent detector is DSB - SC signal plus noise. The noise at the detector output
is
A. in phase component

B. quadrature component

C. zero

D. the envelope
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. All of the output pulses are at full transmitter power for a strong signal in all of the following
except
A. PWM

B. PAM

C. PFM

D. PCM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. A pure tone at 1000 Hz has a dB level of 40 dB. If the required dB level is 100, the number of
such tones is
A. 2.5

B. 60

C. 104
D. 106
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. The spectrum of the white noise and an impulse function is similar in following aspects
A. both have similar magnitude spectrum

B. both have similar magnitude and Phase spectrum

C. no relation

D. similar phase spectrum


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. In a telephone system, the grade of service means


A. the quality of sound reception at the receiver telephone

B. the probability that a called for connection is established

C. the type of wires cables used for the system

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. A longwave AM broadcast transmitter needs


A. very small carrier power

B. very large carrier power

C. small carrier power

D. large carrier power


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
20. AGC voltage is applied to the stages which are
A. before the detector stage

B. after the detector stage

C. either before or after the detector stage

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. LCD uses


A. nematic crystals

B. sematic crystals

C. cholesteric crystals

D. twisted nematic crystal


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Which of the following stage is not present in AM receiver as compared to FM receiver?
A. AM amplifier

B. Demodulator

C. Amplitude limiter

D. AF amplitude
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. The function of duplexer in a RADAR is


A. to permit the use of same antenna for transmission and reception

B. to provide gain to the transmitted power

C. to amplify the received signal

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. If e = 10 cos (2 x 108t + 20 cos 2 103t). The bandwidth is


A. 108 Hz

B. 42 kHz

C. 21 kHz

D. 108 ± 103 Hz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. In FM, as the modulating frequency decreases and the modulating voltage amplitude
A. increases, the modulation index increases

B. decrease, the modulation index increases

C. remains constant, the modulation index increases

D. remains constant, the modulation index decreases


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Modulation system used for video-modulation in television broadcast is


A. SSB AM with carrier

B. SSB with carrier suppressed

C. DSB AM with carrier

D. a modified form of SSB with carrier called vestigial sideband


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. The highest modulation frequencies typically used in FM broadcast is


A. 5 kHz
B. 10 kHz

C. 15 kHz

D. 25 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The intermediate frequency of a superheterodyne receiver is 450 kHz. If it is tuned to 1200 kHz,
the image frequency will be
A. 750 kHz

B. 900 kHz

C. 1600 kHz

D. 2100 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In the above case the modulation index will be


A. 9.6

B. 28.8

C. 57.6

D. 100
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. Which of the following statement regarding single-sideband (SSB) transmission is not correct?
In such transmission only or sideband is transmitted, leaving of the other sideband and
A.
the carrier

B. It has gained general acceptance of use in home-entertainment equipment

C. It is generally reserved for point-to-point communication

The amount of power and bandwidth necessary to be transmitted for a given amount of
D.
information are appreciable reduced
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. For demodulating PCM; it is first converted into


A. PDM

B. PPM

C. PWM

D. PAM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. One of the advantages of base modulation over collector modulation in a class C transistor
amplifier is
A. higher efficiency

B. more linear operation

C. more power output per transistor

D. lesser requirement of modulating power


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In an AM transmitter after the modulation stage, class C amplifier


A. can be used

B. cannot be used

C. may be used, but it has no use

D. can't be determine to use


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The maximum number of AM broadcast stations that can be accommodated in a 100 kHz
bandwidth for the highest modulating frequency of 5 kHz will be
A. 100

B. 20

C. 10

D. 1
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. For a short dipole having an effective length less than half the wavelength the radiation
resistance is
A. proportional to length

B. proportional to square root of length

C. proportional to square of length

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. In a low level amplitude modulated system, the amplifier modulated stage must be
A. class C

B. linear

C. non linear

D. harmonic
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. A noise can be represented as superposition of spectral components. When this noise is passed
through a narrow band filter, the output of filter should look like
A. sinusoidal

B. rectangular

C. triangular

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. A narrow band noise show


A. AM only

B. AM and FM

C. FM

D. PCM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. The upper and lower side frequencies for 3 kHz audio modulation with a 27 MHz carrier
frequency will be
A. 30 and 24 MHz

B. 27.3 and 26.7 MHz

C. 27.3 and 26.97 MHz

D. 27.3 and 26.97 MHz


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Consider the following advantages of phase array radar


1. simple circuitry
2. ability to track and scan simultaneously
3. ability to track many targets together
4. very fast scanning
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3

B. 1, 3, 4

C. 2, 3, 4

D. 1, 4 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In a two stage cascade amplifier the equivalent noise temperatures are Te1 and Te2. If the gains
of the two stages are G1 and G2, the overall noise temperature Te is

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. The modulation index of a narrowband FM signal is


A. nearly equal to 0.3

B. much less than unity

C. nearly 0.5

D. much more than unity


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. Which is a digital coding technique?


A. PCM

B. DM

C. DPCM

D. All
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Which of the following noise sources is different from others?


A. Cosmic

B. Solar

C. Atmospheric

D. Galactic
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. For the transmission of normal speech, the PCM channel needs a bandwidth of __________
kHz.
A. 2

B. 4

C. 16

D. 32
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. In VHS format width of audio track is


A. 5 mm

B. 2 mm

C. 1 mm

D. 0.1 mm
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In a plate modulated class C amplifier, the peak supply voltage is V. The maximum plate-
cathode voltage can be
A. 1V
B. 1.5 V

C. 2.5 V

D. 4 V
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In a single sideband suppressed carrier AM system, the modulation index is changed from 0 to
1, the power content of the signal
A. will be quarter

B. will be doubled

C. will increase by 50 percent

D. will increase by 25 percent


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. Neper is
A. larger than a decibel

B. smaller than decibel

C. equal to 1 decibel

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
50. A  matching network for coupling the transmitter output of the antenna is shown in figure.

In this C2 should be tuned for


A. minimum D.C. plate current

B. maximum D.C. plate current

C. maximum RF antenna current

D. specified value of the D.C. plate current


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Which of following digital modulation technique?


A. ASK

B. FSK

C. PSK

D. All
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. A discrete zero memory information source has 40 symbols and each symbol is equally likely.
The minimum number of bits required to code the source with uniform length code and entropy
of the source are
A. 5 and 5.03

B. 6 and 5.83

C. 5 and 6.64
D. 6 and 5.32
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. The standard intermediate frequency for FM ratio is


A. 10.7 MHz

B. 4.5 MHz

C. 75 kHz

D. 455 kHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. In an end fire array, the radiation pattern


A. is in the plane of array

B. is at right angles to array

C. is at an angle to the plane of array

D. either (b) or (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Armstrong FM transmitter uses


A. LC oscillator

B. crystal oscillator

C. RC oscillator

D. either (a) or (c)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
6.
An antenna having a length of and grounded at one end is called
A. Marconi antenna

B. Yagi antenna

C. Turnstile antenna

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The noise figure of individual stages of a two stage amplifier is 2.03 and 1.54 respectively. If gain
of first stage is 62, the overall noise figure is
A. 2.03

B. 2.055

C. 3.05

D. 6.05
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In figure (A) and (B)

A. A represents PCM and B represents AM

B. A represents FM and B represents AM

C. A represents AM and B represents FM

D. A represents PCM and B represents FM


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
9. A trinitron colour picture tube uses
A. three electron guns

B. one electron gun

C. one electron gun with three separate in line cathodes

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. For a three stage cascaded amplifier, having gains of G1, G2 and G3 and noise figures of F1, F2,
F3 the overall noise figure

A.

B.

C.

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Consider the following statements as regards DPSK and DEPSK


1. DPSK demodulator requires a device which operates at carrier frequency and provides a delay
of bit time Tb
2. In DPSK, synchronous demodulation recovers the signal b(t) and the decoding of b(t) to
generate d(t) is done at base band
3. In both DPSK and DEPSK errors always occur in pairs
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1 and 3

B. 1 and 2

C. 2 and 3

D. 1, 2 and 3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. An audio frequency of 5 kHz is translated to a radio frequency carrier of frequency 1 MHz and
transmitted it to space through an antenna. The required height of antenna is
A. 150 m

B. 300 m

C. 75 m

D. 600 m
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Pre-emphasis circuit is used


A. after modulation

B. before modulation

C. before detection

D. after detection
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. In which frequency range is the noise figure in a transistor minimum


A. intermediate frequencies

B. low frequencies

C. high frequencies

D. very high frequencies


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In commercial FM Broadcasting, A radio station transmitting the signal at 98.3 MHz, it is
A. carrier frequency
B. modulation frequency

C. message frequency

D. channel frequency
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The message carrying efficiency is best in


A. AM

B. FM

C. AM-SC

D. Phase modulation
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. An SSB-AM signal cannot be demodulated by


A. Balanced modulator

B. Complete phase shift generator

C. Diode balanced modulator

D. Product detector
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Which of the following could be the equation for non-linear resistor shown in figure?
A. a + be + ce2 + de3

B. a - be - ce2 - de3

C. a + be + ce2 - de3

D. a + be - ce2 - de3
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. The pre-emphasis circuit is used


A. prior to modulation

B. after demodulation

C. for low frequency components of the signal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The modulation index of wideband FM signal is


A. less than unity

B. unity

C. greater than unity

D. nearly 0.67
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. MTI stands for


A. Moving Target Indicator

B. Microprocessor Tracking Index

C. Multiplexed Telemetry Index

D. Maximum Transmission Index


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The IF frequencies in a TV receiver


A. 38.9 MHz for video and 33.4 MHz for audio

B. 38.9 MHz for both video and audio

C. 33.4 MHz for both video and audio

D. 33.4 MHz for video and 38.9 MHz for audio


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. The most noise resistant modulation system is


A. PCM

B. SSB suppressed carrier

C. FM

D. pulse position modulation


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Which of the following is the digital system?


A. PWM

B. PAM

C. PPM

D. PCM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Which of the following is an oscillator with best frequency stability?


A. Crystal oscillator
B. Clapp oscillator

C. Phase shift circuit

D. Multivibrator
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In FDM systems used for telephone, which modulation scheme is adopted?
A. AM

B. DSB-SC

C. SSB-SC

D. FM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. In the above case if another sine wave corresponding to 40% modulation is transmitted
simultaneously, the total radiated power will be
A. 9.9 kW

B. 10.15 kW

C. 10.84 kW

D. 18.4 kW
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. A pre-emphasis circuit


A. boosts base frequencies

B. pre amplifies the complete audio band

C. amplifies higher audio frequencies

D. converts FM into phase modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In orthogonal BFSK, the energy of information bearing term is


A. the same as total transmitted energy

B. one-half of total transmitted energy

C. one-fourth of total transmitted energy

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. In a tape recorder


A. both record and erase heads have high permeability core

B. the record head has high permeability core but the erase head has low permeability core

C. the record head has low permeability core but the erase head has high permeability core

D. both record and erase heads have low permeability core


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Reception through space wave is limited to line of sight distance.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. A video transmission system transmits 625 picture frames per second. Each frame consist of a
400 x 400 pixel grid with 64 intensity levels per pixel. The data rate of the system is
A. 16 Mbps

B. 100 Mbps

C. 600 Mbps
D. 6.4 Gbps
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Which of the following is a false statement about Armstrong modulation system?
A. The system is basically phase, not frequency, modulation

B. AFC is not needed, as a crystal oscillator is used

C. Equalization is unnecessary

D. Frequency multiplication must be used


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Which one is digital modulation technique?


A. AM

B. PAM

C. PCM

D. None
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Since noise phase modulated FM wave, as the noise sideband frequency approaches the carrier
frequency, the noise amplitude
A. is equalized

B. is increased

C. is decreased

D. remains constant
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
36. Consider the following statements as regards SAW filter
1. The centre frequency is determined by the pitch of IDT comb shaped electrodes
2. The response can be modified shaping the overlap of comb electrodes
3. The response is maximum when acoustic wave has its wavelength equal to pitch
4. When a number of identical electrodes are arranged at the same pitch, the frequency
characteristics of the filter is expressed by (sin x)/x
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3 only

C. 1, 2, 4 only

D. 2, 3, 4 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In telephone, the dial tone has a frequency of


A. 5 Hz

B. 15 Hz

C. 33 Hz

D. 233 Hz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Companding is used


A. to overcome quantising noise in PCM

B. in PWM receivers to reduce impulse noise

C. to protect small signals in PCM from quantising noise

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. For a good public address system the sound intensity at the farthest point should be at least
A. 20 dB over threshold of hearing

B. 40 dB over threshold of hearing

C. 80 dB over threshold of hearing

D. 120 dB over threshold of hearing


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. An ungrounded antenna near the ground


A. is horizontally polarized

B. acts as an antenna array

C. acts as a single antenna of twice the height

D. is not likely to need an earth mat


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Which of the following circuits cannot be demodulate SSB?


A. Product detector

B. Balanced modulator

C. Phase discriminator

D. BFO
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
42. Figure shows the arrangement of

A. FM

B. PM

C. AM-DSB

D. AM-SSB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. During day time ionosphere can be considered to be consisting of


A. D, E, F1 and F2 layers

B. D, E, F1 layers

C. D, E, F2 layers

D. D and E layers
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Baudot code is a six bit code.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. PWM can be generated


A. by a free running multivibrator

B. by integrating the signal

C. by a monostable multivibrator

D. by differentiating pulse position modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which of the following microphones has highest output impedance?


A. Carbon

B. Ribbon

C. Crystal

D. Condenser
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Consider the following statements about PCM


1. PCM is not noise resistant
2. PCM requires complex encoding and quantizing circuitry
3. PCM requires large bandwidth
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1 only

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 2, 3

D. 1 and 3
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In a television transmitter, the output stage is most likely to be


A. screen modulated class C amplifier
B. plate modulated class C amplifier

C. grid modulated class A amplifier

D. grid modulated class C amplifier


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. The number of bits of information required to indicate the correct selection of 3 independent
consecutive events out of 75 equally probable events is
A. 6.23

B. 18.69

C. 10.46

D. 24.92
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The efficiency of a direct radiating cone type loudspeaker is about


A. 5%

B. 20%

C. 50%

D. 80%
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. At a given probability of error, binary coherent FSK is interior to binary coherent PSK by
A. 6 dB

B. 3 dB

C. 2 dB

D. 0 dB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. In a TV receiver the video IF amplifier provides a gain of about


A. 5 dB

B. 20 dB

C. 60 dB

D. 200 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Which of the following analog modulation scheme requires the minimum transmitted power and
minimum channel bandwidth?
A. VSB

B. DSB-SC

C. SSB

D. AM
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Switching systems
A. are limited to small data networks

B. require additional lines

C. are not used in data system

D. improve the efficiency of data transfer


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Which one of the following statements is wrong. The radar cross-section of a target?
A. depends on frequency
B. may be reduced by special coating of non-spherical target

C. depends on the aspect of target if it is non-spherical

D. is equal to actual cross-sectional area for small targets


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Which of the following cannot be used to demodulate SSB?


A. Complete phase shift generator

B. Product detector

C. Diode balanced modulator

D. Bipolar transistor balanced modulator


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The power required to produce a gain of 10 dB over 4 W of original power is __________ watt.
A. 80

B. 40

C. 0.4

D. 8
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Noise figure is defined as

A.

B.

C.
D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. The inductance of connecting leads can be a source of


A. low frequency parasitics

B. high frequency parasitics

C. carrier frequency parasitics

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. For F2 layer the critical frequency is about


A. 500 MHz

B. 100 MHz

C. 25 MHz

D. 10 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In the spectrum of an FM wave


A. When modulation index is large, carrier frequency disappears

B. carrier frequency cannot disappear

C. amplitude of any side band depends on modulation index

D. the total number of side bands depend on modulation index


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
12. The reactance of bypass capacitor in a CE amplifier circuit should be
A. equal to the resistance in parallel with it

B. equal to 10% or less of the resistance in parallel with it

C. equal to 50% of the resistance in parallel with it

D. independent of the resistance in parallel with it


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In a radar system the solution to blind speed problem is to


A. use MTI

B. use monopoles

C. vary PRF

D. change Doppler frequency


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. For a FM wave carrier modulating frequency is 10 kHz and bandwidth is 2 MHz. If the
modulating signal amplitude is doubled, the bandwidth will be
A. 0.5 MHz

B. 1 MHz

C. 2 MHz

D. 4 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In band III of TV, distant reception (beyond line of sight range) is possible due to
A. tropospheric bending by refraction

B. reflection of waves

C. ionospheric scattering
D. none of the above
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. In amplitude modulation the rms value of radio frequency voltage after 40% modulation is 60
mV. If modulation is 80% the rms value after modulation will be about
A. 50 mV

B. 60 mV

C. 66 mV

D. 80 mV
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. 1 GHz is equal to


A. 106 Hz

B. 108 Hz

C. 109 Hz

D. 1010 Hz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Consider the following statements


1. In a pulsed radar, the transmitted pulses are of high frequency
2. In a pulsed radar, the transmitted pulses are of high power
3. In a pulsed radar, the transmitted pulses are of brief duration
4. In a pulsed radar, the transmitted pulses are of square wave shape.
Of the above statements the correct statements are
A. 1 only

B. 1, 2 and 3 only

C. 1, 2, 3, 4
D. 1 and 3 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Probability density function of thermal noise is


A. Poisson

B. Binomial

C. Gaussian

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. In a colour TV receiver AFT stands for


A. Automatic Fine Tuning

B. Automatic Frequency Tuning

C. Automatic Field Tuning

D. Alignment Frequency Tuning


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. MTSO stands for


A. Metropolitan Telecommunication Subscribers Office

B. Metropolitan Telecommunication Switching Office

C. Mobile Telecommunication Switching Office

D. Mobile Telecommunication Subscriber Office


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The main advantage of TDM over FDM is that it


A. needs less power

B. needs less bandwidth

C. needs simple circuitry

D. gives better S/N ratio


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. VLF waves are sometimes used because


A. they penetrate the ionosphere easily

B. they are very reliable

C. they require low power

D. they require transmitting antennas of convenient sizes


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. If N is the number of binary digits needed to assign individual binary code designations to the M
quantization levels, the signal to quantization noise ratio S0/Nq in PCM is
A. 2N

B. 22N

C.

D. 24N
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Which of the following is very useful as multiband HF receiving antenna?


A. Square loop

B. Conical horn

C. Folded dipole

D. Log-periodic
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. If Vs is signal voltage, Vn is noise voltage, signal to noise ratio S/N is defined as

A.

B.

C.

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27.

The PDF of a Gaussian random variable X is given by . The probability


of the event {X = 4} is

A.

B.

C. 0

D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. Tuned voltage amplifiers are not used


A. in public address systems

B. in radio receivers
C. in television receivers for sound signals

D. in television receivers for video signals


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. If B is the bandwidth, the thermal noise voltage is proportional to


A. B

B. B0.5

C. B1.5

D. B2
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. ARQ stands for


A. Automatic Repeat Quest

B. Analog Repeat Request

C. Automatic Repeat Request

D. None Of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In FM noise can be decreased by a feature that AM does not have


A. increasing deviation

B. decreasing deviation

C. reducing modulation index

D. increasing modulation index


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
32. In case of stabilized reactance modulator AFC system
A. phase modulator is converted into frequency modulation by equalizer circuit

B. the discriminator must have a fast time constant to provide demodulation

C. the higher discriminator frequency, the better oscillator frequency

D. the discriminator frequency must be too low, or the system will fail
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Assertion (A): Demodulation of SSB and AM signals is exactly similar


Reason (R): The basic SSB demodulation device is product detector.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. In shot noise


A. the current rises around mean value

B. the current rises to peak value, decreases to zero and then again rises

C. the current may become negative

D. the current is always less than the mean value


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. In VCR, the chrominance signal's frequency is


A. up converted during recording and down converted during playback

B. down converted during recording and up converted during playback

C. not changed during recording and playback


D. any of the above depending on VCR system
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. Assertion (A): A video monitor does not need RF tuner and IF amplifier
Reason (R): The picture tube in TV is basically a CRT.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Consider the following statements as regards IF in radio receivers


1. If IF is too high, poor selectivity and poor adjacent channel rejection could result
2. If IF is high, tracking difficulties increase
3. A very low IF makes selectivity too sharp
4. As IF is decreased, image frequency rejection becomes better
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 2, 3, 4

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Audio-signal modulates a 125 MHz carrier, causing a frequency deviation of 5 kHz. The
bandwidth of the narrowband FM signal is __________ kHz.
A. 10

B. 8

C. 9
D. 20
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Assertion (A): Radar gave birth to microwave technology.


Reason (R): In radar systems very high frequencies give the most accurate results.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. A channel has a SNR of 7 and BW 4 kHz. Keeping the channel capacity (BPS) same, the BW is
reduced to accommodate more channels. The SNR
A. decreases

B. increases

C. remains same

D. partially affected
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. The output VR of the ratio detector is related with the output VF of similar Foster-Seeley
discriminator as follows.
A. VR = VF

B. VR < VF

C. VR = 2VF

D. VF = 2VR
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
42. In grid bias modulation system the power required for modulating amplifier
A. is negligibly low since grid is negative

B. is large as compared to that for plate modulation

C. is almost the same as compared with plate modulation

D. is small as compared to that for plate modulation


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In spread spectrum technique


A. a modulated signal is modulated again

B. a modulated signal is modulated twice again

C. the power of a modulated signal is increased

D. the noise component of a modulated signal is decreased


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. QAM stands for


A. Quasi-Amplitude Modulation

B. Quadrature Angle Modulation

C. Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

D. None of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. The bandwidth required for amplitude modulation is


A. half the frequency of modulating signal

B. equal to the frequency of modulating signal

C. twice the frequency of modulating signal


D. four times the frequency of modulating signal
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. The smallest change in sound intensity that can be detected by human ear is __________ dB.
A. 1

B. 3

C. 10

D. 20
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Low frequency boost can be easily compensated by


A. attenuating the frequencies from 0 to 1.25 MHz

B. using an appropriate de-emphasis circuit in the receiver

C. using an appropriate pre-emphasis circuit in the transmitter

D. none
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. An MTI compares a set of received echos with those received during the previous sweep.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. If e = 10 sin(108 t + 3 sin 104 t) then the deviation is


A. 4.77 kHz

B. 47.7 kHz
C. 477 kHz

D. 4770 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. When a complex signals is used to frequency modulate a carrier, the resulting sideband
distribution is
A. symmetrical about the carrier

B. not necessarily symmetrical about the carrier

C. decided by the predominant sidebands

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Which of the following is the main advantage of PCM system?


A. Lower noise

B. Lower power

C. Lower bandwidth

D. All of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. BPSK stands for


A. Binary Phase Shifting Key

B. Broad Phase Shifting Key

C. Bit Phase Shifting Key

D. Binary Pulse Shifting Key


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
3. If a dipole is meant for a frequency of 1 MHz, the length of each rod is about
A. 5m

B. 20 m

C. 100 m

D. 50 m
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Consider the following statements:


In a radar system having a high value of the ratio (antenna diameter)/wavelength
1. the maximum range is large
2. good target discrimination is achieved
3. capture area is increased
4. target acquisition is difficult
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1, 2

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Assertion (A): The maximum range of a radar is proportional to fourth root of the peak
transmitted pulse power.
Reason (R): Radar signals are subjected twice to inverse square law.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. As EM waves travel in free space they get


A. reflected

B. refracted

C. attenuated

D. absorbed
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Cross talk is due to reception of portions of a signal from one channel into another.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. If there are M equally likely and independent messages and M = 2N where N is an integer, the
information in each message is equal to
A. N bits

B. 0.5 N bits

C. 2 N bits

D. 4 N bits
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A radar beacon is a small radar set having a receiver, a separate transmitter and an antenna.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
10. In the above case the total power in the modulated wave double sideband, suppressed carrier
AM will be
A. 112 W

B. 400 W

C. 415 W

D. 512 W
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Brownian motion is


A. random emission of electrons in vacuum tubes

B. thermal motion of electrons in a resistance

C. random diffusion of holes and electrons in semi- conductors

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In a TV studio the illuminance is about


A. 200 lux

B. 1000 lux

C. 10000 lux

D. 10 lux
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. MEWS stands for


A. Missile Early Warning System

B. Moving Target Early warning System

C. Missile Early Warning Signal


D. Moving Target Early Warning Signal
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Top loading in an antenna increases


A. effective height

B. beam width

C. input capacitance

D. bandwidth
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In a radar, the return echo arrives after the allocated pulse interval. Then
A. the receiver may be over loaded

B. the target will appear closer than its actual position

C. the return echo may interfere with transmitter operation

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The decoder for PAL system is


A. similar to NTSC decoder

B. similar to NTSC decoder supplemented by 64 ms delay line

C. similar to NTSC decoder supplemented by 64 ms delay line and an electronic commutator

D. either (b) or (c)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. CW Doppler radar is capable of giving accurate measurements of relative velocities.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. In the stabilized reactance modulators AFC system


A. the discriminator must have a fast time constant to prevent demodulation

B. the higher discriminator frequency the better the oscillator frequency stability

C. the discriminator frequency must not be too low, or the system will fail

D. phase modulation is converted into FM by the equalizer circuit


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. An antenna is 30 metre high. The frequency is 1 MHz. The radiation resistance is about
A. 1500 Ω

B. 150 Ω

C. 15 Ω

D. 1.5 Ω
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Which of the following codes is based on BCD format?


A. EBCDIC

B. ASCII

C. Hollerith

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
21. In a system using QASK and 4 bits to form a symbol, the required bandwidth is
A. same as BPSK

B. half of that in BPSK

C. one-fourth of that in BPSK

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Each of the following statements regarding frequency modulation is true except
A. amplitude of the modulated wave remains the same as that of carrier wave

the amount of variation of deviation from the original carrier frequency is determined by
B.
the frequency of the modulating signal

the rate at which the frequency of modulated wave varies is determined by the frequency
C.
of the modulating signal

D. frequency of modulated wave increases as the signal voltage increases and vice-versa
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Assertion (A): Radio transmission is by sky waves


Reason (R): Waves having frequencies higher than 30 MHz penetrate the atmosphere and do
not return to earth.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. During playback the take up reel is


A. in clockwise motion

B. in anticlockwise motion
C. either clockwise or anticlockwise motion

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. To avoid objectionable noise in a microwave TV link, the SNR should be about
A. 50 or more

B. 10 or more

C. 25 or more

D. 200 or more
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Foster Seeley discriminator uses a


A. single tuned circuit

B. double tuned circuit with primary and secondary tuned to the same frequency

C. double tuned circuit with primary and secondary tuned to the different frequency

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. Which of the following statement about modulation is correct?


A. It avoid use of antennas

B. It reduces bandwidth

C. It ensures transmission over long distances

D. It combines different transmissions


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
28. Sound wave travels as
A. longitudinal waves

B. transverse waves

C. both longitudinal and transverse waves

D. either longitudinal or transverse wave


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. FM signal can be generated by


A. diode reactance modulator

B. saturable reactor modulator

C. reactance tube modulator

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A planar array radar uses a high gain planar array antenna.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Which of the following terms is not applicable to Yagi-Uda array?


A. High gain

B. Folded dipole

C. Parasitic elements

D. Good bandwidth
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
32. If transmission path, in PCM, is very long then
A. repeater stations are used

B. pulse width may be increased

C. pulse amplitude is increased

D. pulse spacing is reduced


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In a single tone AM the power of carrier is P and modulation index is m. The powers of each of
the two side bands are

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. If F(ω) is Fourier transform of f(t), then the Fourier transform of f(t) cos ωct is
A. F(ω + ωc) + F(ω - ωc)

B.
[F(ω + ωc) + F(ω - ωc)]

C. F(ω + ωc) - F(ω - ωc)

D.
[F(ω + ωc) - F(ω - ωc)]
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
35. In a TV receiver the raster is normal but there is no sound and quality of picture is poor. The
defective part is
A. power supply

B. loudspeaker

C. AGC, video IF amplifier, RF amplifier

D. horizontal oscillator
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If the plate supply voltage for a plate modulated class C amplifier is E, the maximum plate
cathode voltage could be almost as high as
A. E

B. 2 E

C. 3 E

D. 4 E
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. If the carrier of a 100 percent modulated AM wave is suppressed, the percentage power saving
will be
A. 50

B.

C. 100

D. 150
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. The characteristics of H and V sync pulses in a colour TV receiver are


1. H sync, pulses are narrow and have frequency of 15625 Hz
2. V sync, pulses are much wider and have frequency of 50 Hz
3. H and V pulses have almost the same size but frequencies of 15625 and 50 Hz respectively
4. V sync, pulses are very narrow but H sync, pulses are wide and their frequencies are 15625 Hz
and 50 Hz respectively
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1 and 2 only

B. 1 only

C. 3 only

D. 4 only
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Bandwidth for practical PCM system is (where n is no. of channels, N length of PCM codes)
A. 2n N fm Hz

B. 4n fm Hz

C. 2n fm

D. (N + 1)fm
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Circuit switching, Message switching and Packet Switching Network belong to which of the
following systems?
A. Computer communication system

B. Electromechanical communication system

C. PBX system

D. EPBX system
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. The Shannon-Hartley law


A. refers to noise

B. defines bandwidth

C. describes signalling rate

D. refers to distortion
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In radar PRF depends on maximum range.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. A frequency doubler has an FM signal input at 13 MHz with a deviation of 5 kHz. The output
frequency of the carrier will be
A. 26 kHz

B. 260 kHz

C. 26 MHz

D. 260 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. If fh(t) is Hilbert transform of f(t), then Hilbert transform of fh(t) is


A. -f(t)

B. +f(t)

C. f2(t)

D. f(t)
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
45. Maximum undistorted power output of a transmitter is obtained when its modulation is
__________ percent.
A. more than 100

B. 100

C. less than 100

D. 50
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which one of the following is not necessarily an advantage of the phase cancellation method of
obtaining SSB over the filter method?
A. It is possible to generate SSB at any frequency

B. SSB with lower audio frequencies present can be generated

C. Switching from one sideband to other is simpler

D. There are more balanced modulators; therefore the carrier is suppressed better
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Pulse modulation is used in


A. radio navigation

B. automatic landing equipment

C. data communications

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In an amplitude modulated waveform, the amplitude of the sideband is


A. independent of the carrier amplitude

B. independent of the modulation index


C. carrier amplitude x modulation index

D. 1/2 carrier amplitude x modulation index


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In communication systems the frequency range used for voice is


A. 15 Hz to 150 Hz

B. 30 Hz to 1000 Hz

C. 100 Hz to 1500 Hz

D. 300 Hz to 3800 Hz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. In a radio receiver with simple AGC


A. the highest AGC voltage is produced between stations

B. an increase in signal strength produces more AGC

C. the audio stage gain is normally controlled by AGC

D. the faster the time constant of AGC, more accurate the output
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. A receiver has poor selectivity. It will also have poor


A. sensitivity

B. double spotting

C. blocking

D. diversity reception
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. The depth of modulation is doubled in FM system then, the power transmitted
A. increase by factor of 2

B. increase by factor of 3

C. increase by factor of 2

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Ground wave can be used for communication upto


A. 5 kHz

B. 12 kHz

C. 16 kHz

D. 25 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. A Marconi antenna
A. is a grounded antenna with a length equal to λ/4

B. is an ungrounded antenna with a length equal to λ/4

C. has a length equal to 1

D. has a length equal to λ/2


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. When large amount of power is required, a push pull amplifier is designed for operation as
A. class A

B. class B

C. class C

D. class AB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In a Vidicon camera tube,


A. both sides of the target plate have the coating of tin oxide

B. both sides of the target plate have the coating of antimony tri-sulphide

the side of target plate facing the light has a coating of tin oxide and the side facing
C.
electron gun has a coating of antimony trisulphide

the side of target plate facing the light has a coating of antimony trisulphide while the side
D.
facing the electron gun has a coating of tin oxide
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The distance at which a sky wave is received back on earth decreases with angle of incidence
for all angles of incidence.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. A trigonometric function is synonyms to


A. orthogonal function

B. triangular function

C. singular function

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A single tone modulating signal Vm cos ωt modulates a carrier A cos ωct. The carrier power
(modulated) and side band powers are respectively
A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. The autocorrelation function of the white noise is


A. impulse function

B. step function

C. constant

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Why does a FM radio station perform better than and AM station radiating the same actual
power?
A. FM is immune to noise

B. AM has only two sidebands while FM has more

C. FM uses larger bandwidth for large modulation depth.

D. Capture effects appears in FM.


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In cable TV local programmes can be telecast at any frequency.


A. True
B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In amplitude modulation, the magnitude of side bands is


A. ma/2 times the carrier amplitude, Ec

B. ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec

C. 2ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec

D. 4ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. If fs be the signal frequency and fi be the intermediate frequency then image frequency is given
by
A. fs + fi

B. fs ± fi

C. fs ± 2fi

D. fs + 2fi
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In VHS format the width of tape is


A. 2"

B. 1"

C. 1/2"

D. 1/4"
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
16. The minimum viewing angle of resolution of human eye is (D is iris opening and λ is wavelength
of light)

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. In FM,
A. there is a large decrease in noise and hence increase in the signal to noise ratio

B. there is a large increase in noise and hence decrease in the signal to noise ratio

C. there is a large increase in noise and hence increase in the signal to noise ratio

D. there is a large decrease in noise and hence decrease in the signal to noise ratio
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The power density spectrum of noise voltage of resistor R can be expressed as
A. 2 kTR

B. 1 kTR

C. 0.5 kTR

D. 0.25 kTR
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. If k denotes Boltzmann's constant, the rms value of thermal noise voltage is proportional to
A. k2
B. k

C. k

D. (k)1/3
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The output of a battery eliminator is about


A. 110 V DC

B. 110 V AC

C. 45 V DC

D. 6 V DC
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. The sampling frequency in CD is 10 kHz.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Vestigial sideband is most commonly used in


A. radio transmission

B. television transmission

C. telephony

D. all of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
23. An image uses 512 x 512 picture elements. Each element can take any of eight distinguishable
levels. The maximum entropy in the above image will be
A. 2097152 bits

B. 786432 bits

C. 648 bits

D. 144 bits
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The subcarrier frequency for transmission of colour difference signals in TV systems in India is
A. 9.47 MHz

B. 4.43 MHz

C. 2.06 MHZ

D. 1.3 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. A helical antenna is used for satellite tracking due to its


A. good front to back ratio

B. broad bandwidth

C. circular polarization

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In filter system of sideband suppression the advantage of using mechanical filter is
A. smaller size

B. good bandpass

C. good attenuation characteristics

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. Costa's receiver is used for


A. coherent detection of AM-SC signal

B. asynchronous detection of AM-SC signal

C. amplitude modulation of signal

D. frequency modulation of signal


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. What is typical bandwidths of a 2-wire telephone line?


A. 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz

B. 20 Hz to 4 kHz

C. dc to 4 kHz

D. 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In a television transmitter, the output stage is most likely to be


A. screen modulated class C amplifier

B. plate modulated class C amplifier

C. grid modulated class A amplifier

D. grid modulated class C amplifier


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
30. Modulation index of a AM wave is measured using oscilloscope. The display on the CRO is as
shown in figure it can be concluded that

A. the output wave is distorted

B. the output wave is under modulated

C. the modulation index is 100%

D. the modulation index is 50%


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. TV receivers use flyback switched mode power supply because


A. it can supply many voltage outputs

B. it does not require a filter choke and is cheap

C. it has very good regulation at all loads

D. both (a) and (c)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. SSB stands for


A. Single Side Band

B. Suppressed Side Band

C. Single Sound Band

D. Single Sky Band


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Assertion (A): In SSB, carrier is suppressed by about 45 dB


Reason (R): SSB is standard form for radio communication
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. For a parallel two wire line with both conductors touching each other, the characteristic
impedance is about
A. 300 Ω

B. 200 Ω

C. 80 Ω

D. 24 Ω
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Tape recorders use


A. cone type loudspeakers

B. horn type loudspeakers

C. either cone type or horn type loudspeakers

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If f is frequency and d is distance, path attenuation a between isotropic antennas is given by
A.  = 33 + 20 log f + 20 log d

B.  = 100 + 33 log f + 33 log d

C.
D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In a FM signal, the modulation index increases, then the power


A. increases

B. decreases

C. remains constant

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Higher order TDM levels are obtained by


A. forming super master groups

B. using A law

C. using μ law

D. dividing pulse width


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Assertion (A): In AM, use of SSB reduces the power and bandwidth requirement
Reason (R): A balanced modulator produces AM with carrier suppressed
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
40. Limiter is not essential in the following detector
A. foster-Seeley

B. ratio detector

C. balanced

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. An FM signal is modulated by an 8 kHz sine wave and has maximum and minimum frequencies
of 100.05 MHz and 99.95 MHz respectively. Its deviation frequency is
A. 100 kHz

B. 100 MHz

C. 500 kHz

D. 108 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. Assertion (A): RF tuner is called front end of TV receiver


Reason (R): RF tuner receives the TV signal and selects the required channel.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In TV broadcast, UHF range is


A. 606 - 790 MHz

B. 100 - 150 MHz


C. 41 - 68 MHz

D. 174 - 230 MHz


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. The most commonly used microphone for public address systems is
A. carbon

B. crystal

C. moving coil

D. condenser
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis is done by using R-C circuit.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which of the following is Doppler effect not used?


A. CW radar

B. FM radar

C. MTI system

D. Moving target plotting on PPI


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. If the AF voltage is raised to 10 V, while the AM is dropped to 200 Hz, what is the deviation?
A. 10 kHz
B. 15 kHz

C. 20 kHz

D. 40 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. In pulse code modulation when the maximum frequency in the signal is fmax the bandwidth
required will be
A. ≤ p.fmax

B. ≥ p.fmax

C. ≤ (p.fmax)2

D. ≥ (p.fmax)2
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. The oscillator frequency is set for


A. best picture

B. max. sound

C. min. sound

D. sound in picture
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The main advantage of DM over PCM is


A. less bandwidth

B. less power

C. simple circuit

D. better S/N ratio


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Chrome signals in PAL colour television system consist of


A. R - Y and B - Y signal

B. V and U signals

C. I and Q signals

D. R - Y and G - Y signals
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. In TV system in India, each frame is divided into


A. 625 horizontal lines

B. 525 horizontal lines

C. 425 horizontal lines

D. 325 horizontal lines


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. In PAL system
A. phase of U signal is reversed on alternating lines

B. phase of V signal is reversed on alternating lines

C. phases of both U and V signals are reversed on alternating lines

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Among the various modulation systems, the most favoured from the point of linearity of
modulation and efficiency is
A. anode or collector modulation
B. central grid modulation

C. screen grid modulation

D. modulated oscillators
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. The phase of colour subcarrier burst in PAL is along the axis at


A. +180°

B. -180°

C. ±180°

D. ±45°
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Which of the following is correct (fm is maximum usable frequency, S is speed and G is width of
air gap)?
A. fm = (S) (2G)

B.

C.

D. G = (fm)(S)
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. If the transmitted pulse power of a radar is Pt (peak value) and the antenna is isotropic, the
power density at a distance r is

A.

B.
C.

D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In a hi-fi system the frequency response over the audio frequency range should be within
A. ± 10 dB

B. 5 dB

C. 2 dB

D. 1 dB
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. Multiplex techniques are used for


A. low density communications

B. low density point-to-point communications

C. high-density point-to-point communications

D. all of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. In delta modulation, the output signal to quantization noise ratio S 0/Nq is (N is the number of bits)

A.
N2

B.
N3
C.
N2

D.
N3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In an AM system, doubling of modulation index doubles the antenna current. The system is
A. single side band full carrier

B. vestigial side band

C. single side band suppressed carrier

D. double side band full carrier


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. A frequency multiplier stage should operate as


A. class A

B. class AB

C. class C

D. either of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. UHF range is


A. 30 MHz to 300 MHz

B. 300 MHz to 3000 MHz

C. 3000 MHz to 30, 000 MHz

D. above 30, 000 MHz


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. A carrier signal at frequency 100 MHz is frequency modulated with modulation index 2 by a
signal at 2 kHz. At what frequencies are the sidebands produced?
A. 102 MHz and 98 Mhz

B. 100 MHz + 2 kHz, 100 MHz - 2 kHz

C. 100 MHz ± Δfd where fd is frequency deviation

D. 100 MHz ± 3n kHz, where n is 1, 2, ... S integer


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Which is not purpose of modulation?


A. Effective radiation

B. Multiplexing

C. Narrow band

D. Increase in signal power


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. An FM transmitter has maximum frequency deviation of 75 kHz and reproduces audio signals up
to 15 kHz. Minimum channel width required is __________ kHz.
A. 180

B. 120

C. 90

D. 60
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. A 360 W carrier is simultaneously modulated by two audio wave with modulation percentage of
55 and 65 respectively. Total sideband power radiated will be
A. 500 W
B. 360 W

C. 180 W

D. 130 W
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. In a radio detector


A. stabilization against signal strength variation is provided

B. linearity is worse than in a phase discriminator

C. the circuit is the same as in discriminator except that diodes are reversed

D. output is twice that obtainable from a similar phase discriminator


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. ISDN stands for


A. Integrated Services Digital Network

B. Inter Services Digital Network

C. Inter Subscriber Digital Network

D. integrated Subscriber Digital Network


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Under identical conditions, for a single modulating frequency, FM and PM are indistinguishable.
Now if the modulating frequency is reduced, then
A. phase modulation index as well as frequency modulation index decrease

B. phase modulation index as well as frequency modulation index increase

phase modulation index will remain constant whereas frequency modulation index will
C.
increase

phase modulation index will decrease whereas frequency modulation index will remain
D.
constant
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. The main advantage of superheterodyne receiver is


A. better tracking

B. simple cut

C. better alignment

D. improvement in selectivity and sensitivity


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. PAL system was proposed first in


A. USA

B. Japan

C. England

D. Germany
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. MCVF telegraphy causes


A. SSB techniques

B. pulse modulation

C. Out of bond signalling

D. FM
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Consider the following statements as regards noise


1. If Gaussian noise is applied at input of a rectifier, the output is not gaussian
2. The noise encountered on a telephone line consists of short, pulse type disturbances whose
amplitude distribution is not Gaussian
3. Shot noise results from random emission of electrons from a cathode
4. Shot noise results from phenomenon associated with the flow of current across semi conductor
junctions
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, only

B. 1, 2, 4 only

C. 1, 2, 3, 4

D. 2, 3 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Noise can be reduced by increasing sampling rate


A. true

B. false

C. can't say

D. insufficient data
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In tape recorder erase head is active during recording.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. Which of the following microphones has maximum distortion?


A. Ribbon

B. Condenser
C. Crystal

D. Carbon
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The relation between bandwidth B, modulating frequency fm and frequency deviation Δf for a
sinusoidally modulated FM signal is
A. B = Δf + fm

B. B = 2(Δf + fm)

C. B = fm - Δf/

D. B = 2(fm - Δf)
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. FM broadcast is used in


A. VHP range

B. UHF range

C. MF range

D. both VHP and UHF range


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. The power requirement of a RADAR used in military operations is


A. a few watts

B. about 500 W

C. about 2000 W

D. a few megawatts
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
31. The percentage saving in power when the carrier and one of the sidebands are suppressed in
an AM wave modulated to a depth of 100% will be nearly
A. 50%

B. 66%

C. 75%

D. 83%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. The difference between phase and frequency modulation


A. is purely of academic interest

B. lies in the different definitions of the modulation index

C. lies in the poor audio response of phase modulation

D. is too great to make the two systems compatible


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. A signal m(t) amplitude modulates a carrier Ac cos ωct. The final signal will be
A. [Ac m(t)] cos ωct]

B. Ac . [1 + m(t)] cos ωct

C. Ac + [m(t)] cos ωct

D. Ac cos ωct + m(t)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. An oscillator at 4.2 MHz is followed by two frequency doublers and two triplers. The output
frequency will be
A. 84 MHz

B. 112.4 MHz
C. 151.2 MHz

D. 303.4 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Over which frequency range the effect of atmospheric noise is significant?
A. Over 35 MHz

B. Below 30 MHz

C. Between 30 MHz and 100 MHz

D. Between 100 MHz and 150 MHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If B is channel bandwidth, S is signal power and N is the total noise within the channel
bandwidth, the channel capacity C of a white band limited gaussian channel is

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. An amplifier of passband 450 kHz to 460 kHz will be named as


A. video amplifier

B. audio frequency amplifier


C. tuned voltage amplifier

D. wideband amplifier
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Which of the following statement is false?


A. A stationary process is always a ergodic process

B. A ergodic process is always a stationary random process

C. It is possible to have a stationary random

D. None of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. In amplitude modulation, the magnitude of side bands is


A. ma/2 times the carrier amplitude, Ec

B. ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec

C. 2ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec

D. 4ma times the carrier amplitude, Ec


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. For broadcasting purpose, full AM signal is preferred to SSB signal because
A. it requires large bandwidth

B. generation of full AM is easier

C. detection of full AM is simpler

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
41. If ω is the frequency of modulating voltage in FM, the modulation index is proportional to
A. ω

B. 1/ω

C. ω

D. 1/ω
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. Which camera tube has gamma of almost unity?


A. Vidicon

B. Plumbicon

C. New vicon

D. Saticon
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. The baud rate is


A. not equal to signalling rate

B. always equal to bit transfer rate

C. equal to twice the bandwidth of an ideal channel

D. equal to half the bandwidth of ideal channel


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. In a tape recorder


A. the width of air gaps of record and erase heads is almost equal

B. the air gap of record head is wider than the air gap of erase head

C. the air gap of erase head is wider than the air gap of record head

D. any of the two air gaps can be wider than the other
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. When satellite radio beam is aimed towards earth, it illuminates on the earth for an oval shaped
area called
A. foot print

B. beam area

C. satellite service area

D. radiated area
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Which of the following is invariably found in SSB?


A. Tuned modulator

B. Class B, RF amplifier

C. Class C, audio amplifier

D. All of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In the spectrum of a frequency modulated wave


A. carrier frequency cannot disappear

B. carrier frequency vanishes when modulation index is large

C. the number of significant sidebands depends upon modulation index

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. Which of the following pulse communication system is inherently immune to noise?
A. PPM

B. PCM

C. PWM

D. PAM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In a PCM system, if we increase the quantization levels from 2 to 8, how do the relative
bandwidth requirements vary?
A. Get doubled

B. Get tripled

C. Remains same

D. Become eight times


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. If the target area is small compared to wavelength of radar the situation is called
A. resonance region

B. Rayleigh region

C. optical region

D. binomial region
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. If a signal band limited for fm is sampled at a rate less than 2 fm the reconstructed signal will be
A. smaller in amplitude

B. distorted

C. having higher frequencies suppressed

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. A better SNR can be obtained in a PCM by


A. increasing sampling rate above Nyquist rate

B. decreasing the code bits

C. reducing channel bandwidth

D. increasing Quantization levels


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. The baud rate is


A. always equal to the bit transfer rate

B. equal to twice the bandwidth of an ideal channel

C. not equal to the signalling rate

D. equal to one half the bandwidth of ideal channel


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. The type of noise that interfere very much with high frequency transmission is
A. white

B. transit time

C. flicker

D. shot
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. In communication systems, the modulating signal is also called


A. base band signal
B. side bands

C. auxiliary signal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Hue of a colour means


A. amount of light energy received by eye

B. predominant spectral purity of colour light

C. amount of other colours present

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Consider the following statements: The radar pulse must be flat topped to
1. allow accurate range measurement
2. allow good minimum range
3. prevent frequency changes in magnetron
4. make the returned echoes easier to distinguish from noise.
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1, 2

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Filter method and phasing method are the methods for generating
A. SSB signal

B. vestigial side band signal


C. both SSB and vestigial sideband signals

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. In amplitude modulation
A. the amplitude of carrier varies in accordance with the amplitude of the modulating signal

B. the modulating frequency lies in the audio range

C. the amplitude of the carrier remains constant

the amplitude of the carrier varies in accordance with the frequency of the modulating
D.
signal
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Which one the following is an advantage of AM over FM?


A. FM has wide bandwidth

B. FM has better

C. FM is more immune to noise

D. Probability of noise spike generation is less in AM


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Some multiplexing arrangements for telephone system are


1. Space multiplexing
2. Time division multiplexing
3. Frequency division multiplexing
Which of the above allow transmission of many independent signals over a single channel?
A. 1 only

B. 2 and 3 only

C. 1, 2, 3
D. 1 and 3 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Industrial noise has the frequency range of


A. 1 to 100 Hz

B. 200 to 5000 Hz

C. above 200 MHz

D. 1 to 600 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Thermal noise Power is


A. proportional to bandwidth (B)

B. ∝ B

C.

D. ∝B2
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. The characteristic impedance of coaxial cable is about


A. 1000 ohm

B. 500 ohm

C. 250 ohm

D. 75 ohm
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
15. The diameter and thickness of CD are
A. 6 cm and 1.2 mm

B. 6 cm and 0.6 mm

C. 12 cm and 0.6 mm

D. 12 cm and 1.2 mm
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. Consider the following statements about advantages of phase discriminator over slope detector
1. Fewer tuned circuits
2. Greater limiting
3. Better linearity
4. Easy alignment
Which of the above are true?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 2, 3, 4

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. In a superheterodyne radio receiver


A. RF amplifier normally operates at 455 kHz above carrier frequency

B. mixer input must be tuned to the signal frequency

C. local oscillator operates below signal frequency

D. local oscillator frequency is double the IF


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The assigned carrier frequency of an FM broadcast station is 96.3 MHz. Its FM signal has a
centre frequency of
A. 10 MHz

B. 455 kHz

C. 48.15 MHz

D. 96.3 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Digital television is also called


A. High digital television

B. High definition television

C. High deflection television

D. High display television


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The number of spectral component of a cosine wave is


A. 1

B. 0

C. 2

D. 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. At FM demodulator output noise power density


A. increases with frequency

B. decreases with frequency

C. remains unaltered

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. According to CCIR standards, the Vestigial Sideband (VSB)


A. video frequencies upto 4 MHz are transmitted

B. video frequencies upto 5 MHz are transmitted

C. video frequencies upto 5.5 MHz are transmitted

D. video frequencies upto 6 MHz are transmitted


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Line of sight transmission is used in


A. radio frequencies below 1 MHz

B. VHF only

C. audio signals only

D. VHF and UHF


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. A typical value of insertion loss of SAW filter is


A. 15 dB

B. 2 dB

C. 40 dB

D. 60 dB
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. In phase modulation, the phase deviation is


A. proportional to the amplitude of the signal and varies with frequency
B. remains constant while amplitude and frequency of signal varies

C. proportional to the amplitude of the signal and independent of the frequency

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In the human eye, an image persists for a time of about


A. 1 second

B. 0.1 second

C. 0.05 second

D. 0.02 second
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. The different channels in a TDM receiver are separated by


A. integration

B. differentiation

C. AND gate

D. OR gate
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In a pulsed RADAR typical value of pulse duration and pulse frequency respectively are
A. 1 μs and 50 Hz

B. 1 μs and 500 Hz

C. 4 μs and 50 Hz

D. 4 μs and 500 Hz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In a hi-fi system the nonlinear distortion should be less than


A. 10%

B. 5%

C. 2%

D. 1%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A pure tone at 1000 Hz has a dB level of 50 dB. If two such tones exist simultaneously the dB
level is about
A. 50 dB

B. 53 dB

C. 100 dB

D. 200 dB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. The HV and other voltage supplies for a TV receiver are obtained from IHVT. The full name for
this device is
A. Internal high voltage transformer

B. Integrated high voltage transformer

C. Instant high voltage transformer

D. Interleaved high voltage transformer


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. The main systems used for generation of SSB are


A. filter method
B. phase cancellation method

C. third method

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. An antenna operates effectively when its dimensions are


A. of the order of magnitude of wavelength to be transmitted

B. very small than the magnitude of wavelength to be transmitted

C. very large than the magnitude of wavelength to be transmitted

D. either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The mobile unit of a mobile telephone is generally in


A. vehicles

B. pocket

C. office

D. vehicle or pocket
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Assertion (A): Water waves are longitudinal but EM waves are transverse
Reason (R): In an EM wave electric field, magnetic field and propagation are mutually
perpendicular.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. In a wave the electric field lines are vertical. Then the wave is
A. horizontally polarized

B. vertically polarized

C. either (a) or (b)

D. neither (a) nor (b)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. For an RC low pass filter, the relation between noise bandwidth BN and 3-dB bandwidth B3dB is

A.

B. BN = B3-dB

C.

D. BN =  B3-dB
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. In FM and AM the ratio of signal to noise ratio at the detector output least depends upon
A. bandwidth

B. transmission

C. carrier frequency

D. modulating frequency
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Which of the following can provide two or more voice circuits with the same carrier?
A. SSB

B. Carrier reinsertion

C. Lincompex

D. Independent side band system


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. A linear diode detector uses RC filter. As modulation index increases the maximum permissible
value of time constant RC
A. increases

B. decreases

C. remains constant

D. either (a) or (c)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In SSB generation, the most commonly used filter is


A. low pass

B. RC

C. LC

D. mechanical
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. The FM broadcast band is from


A. 550 to 1600 kHz

B. 88 to 108 kHz

C. 88 to 108 MHz

D. 1600 kHz to 59.75 MHz


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. If k is Boltzmann's constant, T0 is standard ambient temperature, δf is bandwidth of receiver, F is


noise figure, the minimum receivable signal in a radar receiver is given by
A. k T0(δf)(F)

B. k T0(δf)(F - 1)

C.

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. The purpose of source coding is to


A. increase the information transmission rate

B.
decrease ratio

C. decrease the information transmission rate

D. decrease probability of error


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. If a source of information generates messages at the rate of r messages per second and H is
entropy, the information rate is

A.

B.

C. rH

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. The noise generated by a resistor depends upon


A. its operating temperature

B. its resistance value

C. both (a) and (b)

D. bandwidth
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. A source has two symbols x1 and x2 with probabilities pi and pr. If a new source with four symbols
is generated from the above source, the new symbol probabilities will be (∈ is a number such
that 0 < ∈ < 1)
A. p1, p2, p1, p2

B. p1, p1, p2, p2

C. (1 - ∈)p1, (1 - ∈) p2, p1, p2

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. Coupling and bypass filters can be a source of


A. low-frequency parasitics

B. high-frequency parasitics

C. carrier frequency parasitics

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
49. Assertion (A): SSB transmitter is generally smaller than AM transmitter
Reason (R): SSB systems mostly use combined transmitter receiver.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The VLF, LF and MF antennas are


A. horizontally polarized

B. vertically polarized

C. non linearly polarized

D. either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. The block diagram of AM transmitter in which high level modulation is used as shown in figure.
The block X could be

A. audio power amplifier

B. buffer RF amplifier

C. compressor amplifier

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. In FM 'guard band' is provided
A. to limit upper frequency limit

B. to limit lower frequency limit

C. so that there is less adjacent channel interference

D. to limit transmitted power of a station


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Assertion (A): FM requires more bandwidth than AM


Reason (R): Wide band FM is used for broadcast transmissions.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. When E1, E2, E3 etc. are the simultaneous modulating voltages, then the total modulating voltage
Et will be
A. Et = E1 + E2 + E3 + ...

B. Et= E12 + E22 + E32 + ...

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. A frequency doubler has an FM signal input at 13 MHz with a deviation of 5 kHz. The output,
frequency for the carrier will be
A. 26 MHz

B. 26.1 MHz

C. 10 kHz

D. 160 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In MF range, increasing the transmitter power


A. increases the range of transmitter

B. does not increase the range of transmitter because propagation is limited by tilt

C. decreases the range of transmitter because propagation is limited by tilt

D. increases the range of transmitter because propagation is through space waves


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The most frequent users of long distance VLF transmission is


A. ship communication

B. radio broadcasting

C. TV broadcasting

D. telephone and telegraph


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. BFO stands for


A. Beat Frequency Oscillator

B. Broad Frequency Oscillator

C. Blocking Frequency Oscillator

D. Ballistic Frequency Oscillator


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. SSB-SC stands for


A. Single Side Band-Suppressed Carrier

B. Single Side Band-Synchronous Carrier

C. Synchronous Side Band-Suppressed Carrier

D. Synchronous Side Band-Self Carrier


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. A lens has a hyperfocal distance of 7.5 m. It is focused at 7.5 m. Then


A. all objects from 7.5 m to infinity will appear in focus

B. all objects from 3.75 m to infinity will appear in focus

C. all objects from 0 to 7.5 m will appear in focus

D. all objects from 0 to 3.75 m will appear in focus


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In a 4-ary FSK, the frequencies are separated by fs. Then they are
A. in phase

B. in phase opposition

C. orthogonal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In cell communication, cell stands for


A. Geographical Area

B. Battery
C. Location

D. No meaning
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In which of the following frequency bands are the standard AM radio broadcast stations?
A. MF

B. HF

C. VHF

D. UHF
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. The frequency tolerance for the RF carrier in the standard AM radio broadcast band is
A. zero

B. +20 Hz

C. +1000 Hz

D. +25 Hz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. If carrier is modulated by a digital bit stream having one of the possible phases of 0°, 90°, 180°,
and 270°, then modulation is called
A. BPSK

B. QPSK

C. QAM

D. MSK
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
16. In FM, the frequency deviation is
A. always constant

B. directly proportional to modulating frequency

C. inversely proportional to modulating frequency

D. proportional to amplitude of modulating signal


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. If fh(t) is the Hilbert transform of f(t), and f(t) is a real valued signal, the pre-envelope of f(t) is
A. f(t) - jfh(t)

B. f(t) + jfh(t)

C. fh(t) + jf(t)

D. fh(t) - jf(t)
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Speech amplifiers are usually operated as


A. class A

B. classes AB

C. class B

D. class C
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. In which frequency range is the noise figure in a transistor independent of frequency
A. intermediate frequencies

B. high frequency

C. low frequencies
D. both low and high frequencies
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Which of the following is likely to be associated with FM radio broadcasting?


A. 90 Hz

B. 90 kHz

C. 900 kHz

D. 90 MHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. If D is diagonal and F is focal length, lens angle θ is


A. θ = tan-1 (D/F)

B. θ = 2 tan-1 (D/F)

C. θ = tan-1 (D/2F)

D. θ = 2 tan-1 (D/2F)
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Present day stereophonic systems have


A. only CD playback facility

B. only tape playback facility

C. both CD and tape playback facilities along with radio

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. RF choke used for suppressing interference in TV is generally


A. honey comb wound coil

B. iron core coil

C. single layer coil

D. multilayer coil
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Indicate the false statement: To combat noise


A. reduce signalling rate

B. increase transmitted power

C. use redundancy

D. increase channel bandwidth


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Audio and video signals are called modulating waves.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In AM, if modulation index is more than 100%, then


A. bandwidth increases

B. the wave gets distorted

C. power of the wave increases

D. efficiency of transmission increases


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. The width of air gap on recording head in a tape recorder is about
A. 6 micron

B. 3 micron

C. 1 micron

D. 25 micron
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In a stereo tape recorder the speed of the tape is


A. 38 m/s

B. 19 m/s

C. 9.5 m/s

D. 4.75 m/s
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Which of the following refers to SSB suppressed carrier amplitude modulated system?
A. A3E

B. H3E

C. J3E

D. C3F
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. The frequency at which the piezoelectric effect occurs is primarily determined by
A. the weight of the crystal

B. thickness of the crystal

C. length of the crystal

D. gain structure of the crystal


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Which of the following statement regarding the advantages of the phase discriminator over the
slope detector is false?
A. Better linearity

B. Fewer tuned circuits

C. Much easier alignment

D. Greater limiting
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. The highest modulating frequency typically used in AM systems is


A. 1 kHz

B. 5 kHz

C. 20 kHz

D. 50 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. The line of sight communication requires the transmit and receive antennas to face each other. If
the transmit antenna is vertically polarized, for best reception to the receive antenna should be
A. horizontally polarized

B. vertically polarized

C. at 45° within respect to horizontal polarization

D. at 45° with respect to vertical polarization


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The bandwidth of FM for Commercial Purpose is


A. 88 - 108 MHz

B. 85 - 110 MHz

C. 90 - 110 MHz

D. infinite Range
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. In home tape recorders the tape width is 2 inches.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If e = 10 sin(108 t + 3 sin 104 t) then carrier frequency is


A. 0.159 MHz

B. 1.59 MHz

C. 15.9 MHz

D. 159 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Thermal noise is independent of


A. temperature

B. bandwidth

C. centre frequency

D. Boltzmann constant
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
38. The decorative lighting works on the principle of
A. periodic switching on and off

B. special inverter

C. rectifier

D. motor
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. In an oscillator crystal, the parallel resonant frequency is


A. equal to

B. higher than

C. less than

D. series resonant frequency


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. The maximum range of a radar is proportional to


A. square root of peak transmitted pulse power

B. fourth root of peak transmitted pulse power

C. peak transmitted pulse power

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In FSK no synchronous carrier is needed at the receiver


A. true

B. false

C. depend on distance

D. none
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. The constellation diagram of a modem has four states as shown in the figure given below. What
is the bit rate of this modem?

A. Two times its band rate

B. Four times its band rate

C. Same as band rate

D. Sufficient information is not given to give the answer


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. When the modulating frequency is doubled, the modulation index is halved and the modulating
voltage remains constant. The modulation system is
A. FM

B. AM

C. phase modulation

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Vividh Bharti programme is transmitted in


A. short wave

B. medium frequency

C. very high frequency

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. In a Vidicon camera tube, the beam current is controlled by


A. grid G1

B. grid G2

C. grids G1, G2, G3

D. grid G2, G3
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Johnson noise is


A. white for all Practical application

B. always white

C. depends on temperature

D. never white
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Which of the following is unlikely to happen when quantising noise is decreased in PCM?
A. Increased bandwidth

B. Increased channel noise

C. Increased number of standard levels

D. All of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. For real and odd signals, the Fourier series coefficient an is
A. purely imaginary

B. purely real and even

C. purely imaginary and odd

D. purely real and odd


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. An amplitude modulated wave is


e = 50 (1 + 0.4 cos 1000 t + 0.3 cos 10000 t) cos 107 t
A. 0.5

B. 0.3

C. 0.7

D. 0.4
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. The efficiency of a horn speaker is about


A. 10%

B. 40%

C. 60%

D. 80%
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. In VCR the luminance signal is recorded by


A. frequency modulation
B. phase modulation

C. amplitude modulation

D. direct recording
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. Assertion (A): In digital communication data is coded prior to being transferred.


Reason (R): A number of codes for digital data processing are available.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. In FM modulation pre-emphasis is done for


A. high frequency components

B. low frequency components

C. middle frequency components

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. c(t) and m(t) are used to generate an AM signal. The modulation index of the generated AM
signal is 0.5 then the quantity

is
A. 1/2

B. 1/4

C. 1/3
D. 1/8
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. High intermediate frequency in a superheterodyne receiver


A. higher than

B. lower than

C. equal to

D. not comparable to
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. The number of repeaters in a coaxial cable link depends on


A. system bandwidth

B. separation of equalizers

C. the number of coaxial cables in the tube

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. The overall noise temperature Te, absolute temperature T and noise figure F are related as
A. Te = T(F - 1)

B. Te = F(T - 1)

C. T = Te(F - 1)

D. Te = (T)(F)
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In binary data transmission DPSK is preferred to PSK because


A. a coherent carrier is not required to the generated at the receiver

B. for a given energy per bit, the probability for zero is less

C. the 180° phase shifts of the carrier

D. more protection is provided against impulse noise


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A basic group B
A. consists of five super groups

B. has a frequency range of 60 to 108 kHz

C. consists of erect channels only

D. is formed at group translating equipment


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. By the use of which of the following the PPM can be converted to PWM?
A. A stable multivibrator

B. Integrator

C. Monostable multivibrator

D. Bistable Multivibrator
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Frequency shifting keying is basically a method involving


A. amplitude modulation

B. frequency modulation

C. phase modulation

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Which of the following codes provides parity checks?


A. CCITT-2

B. EBCDIC

C. ASCII

D. Baudot
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. PA radar means


A. Phased Array radar

B. Pulsed Array radar

C. Pulse Amplitude radar

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Dynamic range of hi-fi system is at least


A. 150 dB

B. 120 dB

C. 80 dB

D. 40 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. A band limited signal is sampled at the Nyquist rate. The signal can be recovered by passing the
samples through
A. an RC filter
B. an envelope detector

C. a PPL

D. an ideal low pass filter with the appropriate bandwidth


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The seven segment display used in watches and clocks generally uses
A. LED

B. LCD

C. Photodiode

D. FET
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. If e = 10 sin(108 t + 3 sin 104 t) then modulating frequency is


A. 159 Hz

B. 1590 Hz

C. 1.59 MHz

D. 15.9 MHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. When a signal is quantized such that the step size S is small in comparison with the peak to
peak range of the signal, the mean square quantization error is equal to
A. S2

B.

C.
D.

Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Assertion (A): Many times a radar cannot detect 'grounding hopping' military aircraft.
Reason (R): Ground interference limits the range of radar.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Entropies associated with an extremely unlikely message and that with an extremely likely
message are respectively
A. 0 and 0

B. 1 and 1

C. 1 and 0

D. 0 and 1
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. In push button type telephone set, pressing a button generates


A. one frequency

B. two high frequencies

C. two low frequencies

D. one low frequency and one high frequency


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
22. If sound wave has an intensity of 10 Pa. The dB level is about
A. 1.139 dB

B. 11.39 dB

C. 113.9 dB

D. 1139 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. The intermediate frequencies in VCR are


A. video 38.9 MHz and audio 33.4 MHz

B. 38.9 MHz for both video and audio

C. 33.4 MHz for both video and audio

D. 33.4 MHz for video and 38.9 MHz for audio


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Assertion (A): In TV scanning is done from left to right and top to bottom.
Reason (R): Interlaced scanning is useful in eliminating flicker
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. The unit of loudness is


A. phon

B. sone
C. decibel

D. mel
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. To couple a coaxial line to a parallel line wire it is best to use


A. slotted line

B. balun

C. directional coupler

D.
transformer
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. The total bandwidth needed for an AM signal at 55.25 MHz with 0.5 MHz video modulation is
A. 0.25 MHz

B. 0.5 MHz

C. 1 MHz

D. 10 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The bandwidth required for amplitude modulation is


A. half the frequency of modulating signal

B. equal to the frequency of modulating signal

C. twice the frequency of modulating signal

D. four times the frequency of modulating signal


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
29. In PM, without any modulation, all the transmitted pulses have the same
A. amplitude

B. width

C. amplitude and spacing

D. amplitude, spacing and width


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. Colour picture tube needs higher anode voltage and needs larger beam and cathode currents
than monochrome tube because
A. it is bigger in size

B. it has higher level of illumination

C. the tube has to illuminate three phosphors simultaneously

D. the tube has lower efficiency because of aperture mask


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In frequency modulation noise can be further reduced by


A. increasing deviation

B. reducing deviation

C. reducing carrier frequency

D. increasing signal amplitude


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. Which one of the following is digital?


A. Pulse code modulation

B. Pulse width modulation

C. Pulse frequency modulation


D. Pulse position modulation
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Automatic sensitivity control by target voltage control is easily possible in


A. Vidicon

B. Plumbicon

C. New vicon

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Pick the odd one out


A. PPM

B. PDM

C. PWM

D. PLM
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. In a colour TV receiver SAW filter consists of


A. piezoelectric substrate on which are deposited two inter, digital transducers

B. photo conductive substrate which are deposited two inter digital transducers

C. photo voltaic substrate which are deposited two inter digital transducers

D. photo resistive substrate which are deposited two inter digital transducers
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. Diffraction of EM waves


A. arises only with spherical wave front

B. may occur around the edge of an obstacle

C. occurs when waves pass through a big slot

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. The start of modern computer age was started by the event
A. development of disc drive

B. development of transistor

C. development of Hollerith code

D. design of EVIAC computer


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. At night D layer of ionosphere is absent.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Which of the following is not correct?


In SSB amplitude modulated system, the transmitter circuit has to be more stable leading
A.
to better reception

In SSB amplitude modulated system more channel space is available as compared to


B.
double sideband amplitude modulated system

In SSB amplitude modulated system the signal is more noise resistant as compared to
C.
double sideband system

An SSB-AM system requires lesser power (for the same signal strength) as compared to
D.
DSB-AM system
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Assertion (A): Data communication using digital data must be very accurate.
Reason (R): In analog signals redundancy is available but in digital signals redundancy is not
available.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. What is the RF amplifier plate voltage when the audio-modulating voltage is +600 V?

A. -600 V

B. Zero

C. 600 V

D. 1200 V
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
42. FM has
A. two sidebands only

B. four sidebands only

C. eight sidebands only

D. infinite sidebands
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. The service area of a TV transmitter is a little beyond radio horizon.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. If carrier power is P and amplitude modulation index is m, the total power after modulation is
A. P

B. mP

C. P(1 + m)

D.

Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. Bit is a unit of


A. entropy

B. information

C. channel capacity

D. rate of information
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. The modulation index of an AM wave is changed from 0 to 1. The transmitted power is
A. unchanged

B. halved

C. increased by 50%

D. quadrupled
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In a radio receiver the input from local oscillator is fed to


A. RF amplifier

B. mixer

C. IF amplifier

D. detector
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. A shadow zone does not receive any space wave


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. A radio frequency signal contains the following three frequencies :


850 kHz; 865 kHz and 875 kHz
In order to amplify this signal, which of the following amplifier should be selected?
A. Push pull amplifier

B. Wideband amplifier

C. Audio frequency amplifier


D. Tuned voltage amplifier
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. Which of the following pulse-time modulation is least used?


A. PDM

B. PPM

C. PWM

D. PAM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Transit time is considered as significant at


A. HF

B. MF

C. LF

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. In a colour TV receiver, AGC adjusts the gain of


A. RF stage only

B. IF stage only

C. RF stage and one or two IF stages

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. In pulse transmitter the ratio of time on to time off is called


A. efficiency

B. duty cycle

C. base

D. bandwidth
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. In figure the output v(t) is

A. phase modulated signal

B. amplitude modulated signal

C. frequency modulated signal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. A MASER is a
A. low noise device

B. high noise device

C. medium noise device

D. may be either high or medium noise device


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. Which one of the following is correct?


A. Coding reduces the noise in the signal

B. Coding deliberately introduces redundancy into messages


C. Coding increases the information rate

D. Coding increases the channel bandwidth


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. A paraboloid reflector has mouth diameter D meters, wavelength λ meters. Its beam width φ is
equal to

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. A balanced modulator circuit uses


A. two identical diodes with same V-I characteristics

B. two triodes with different V-I characteristics

C. two diodes with different V-I characteristics

D. a diode and a triode


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. In a television camera tube, scanning of a picture is done


A. line by line from left to right

B. line by line from right to left

C. line by line from top to bottom


D. line by line from bottom to top
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. In communication receivers the fidelity is provided by


A. audio stage

B. detector range

C. mixer stage

D. all of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Some features of RF stage in good radio receivers is


1. It increases sensitivity by providing amplification to RF signal
2. It eliminates image frequency interference
3. It increases selectivity
4. It reduces noise level
Which of the above are true?
A. 1, 2 and 3 only

B. 1, 2 and 4 only

C. 2, 3, 4 only

D. 1, 2, 3, 4
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. During amplitude modulation, the phase angle of the modulating voltage changes by
A. 0°

B. 45°

C. 90°

D. 180°
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. The image frequency of a superheterodyne receiver is


A. created within the receiver itself

B. not rejected by IF tuned circuits

C. independent of the frequency of tuning

D. due to insufficient adjacent channel rejection


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Image frequency rejection mainly depends upon


A. detector

B. mixer

C. IF

D. RF
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Which of the following is most likely to be found in an SSB transmitter?


A. Class A, RF output amplifier

B. Class B, RF amplifier

C. Tuned modulator

D. Class C, audio amplifier


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. Which of the following statement is correct?


A. Pre-emphasis circuits are used in AM transmitters
B. FM reception is noise free as compared to AM

C. A limiter state is also used in AM receivers

D. Discriminator is used for the detection of AM signals


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Which of the following is true as regards telephone systems?


A. A larger facility carrying a larger load operates less efficiently than a smaller capacity

B. A larger facility carrying a lesser load operates more efficiently than a smaller capacity

C. A larger facility carrying a larger load operates more efficiently than a smaller capacity

D. A smaller capacity carrying a larger load operates more efficiently than a larger capacity
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. SSB can be generated by


A. filter method

B. phase shift method

C. weaver's method

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Which one of the following cannot be used to remove the unwanted sideband in SSB?
A. Balanced modulator

B. Phase shift method

C. Filter system

D. Third method
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. For FM, which of the following statement is not true?


A. The bandwidth increases as modulation index is increased

B. The total power remains constant with respect to modulation index

C. The carrier never becomes zero

D. All of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. For TV broadcast, picture signal is modulated in


A. SSB

B. VSB

C. FM

D. AM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Assertion (A): Stubs, directional couplers and baluns are very commonly used in
communication systems
Reason (R): Characteristic impedance of a line is an important parameter.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Audio frequency range lies between


A. 20 Hz and 20 kHz
B. 20 kHz and 20 MHz

C. 2 MHz and 20 MHz

D. 20 MHz and 200 MHz


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Assertion (A): SSB and ISB receivers have good S/N ratio
Reason (R): SSB and ISB receivers have good suppression of adjacent channels.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. De-emphasis circuit is used


A. to attenuate high frequencies

B. to attenuate low frequencies

C. to attenuate mid-band frequencies

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Which one of the following frequency bands is allocated by ITU (International Telecomm. Union)
for DBS - (Direct Broadcast service) also referred as DTH - (Direct to Home service)?

A.

B.

C.
D.

Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. FM broadcast lies in which band?


A. HF

B. SHF

C. UHF

D. VHF
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. Which colour picture tube uses slotted aperture mask?


A. Trinitron

B. Shadow mask tube

C. PIL

D. None of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. If the circumference of a spherical target is between 1 to 10 wavelength in a radar system, the
situation is called
A. resonance region

B. Rayleigh region

C. optical region

D. binomial region
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
30. The complete video signal consists of
A. video signal and synchronising pulses

B. video signal, synchronising pulses and blanking pulses

C. video signal corresponding to picture information only

D. video signal and blanking pulses


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Which is most important subsystem for recovering and reconstructing signal in a TDM system?
A. Envelope detector followed by a low pass filter

B. Synchronization ckt for proper timing

C. Bandpass filter to segregate channels

D. Coherent detector to ensure frequency and phase connection


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. Which one of the following is an indirect way of generating FM?


A. Armstrong modulator

B. Varactor diode modulator

C. Reactance FET modulator

D. Reactance bipolar transistor modulator


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. Companding is used in PCM to


A. reduce bandwidth

B. increasing S/N ratio

C. get almost uniform S/N ratio


D. increase bandwidth
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. Assertion (A): In AM the amplitude of carrier is made proportional to the instantaneous
amplitude of modulating wave
Reason (R): In AM, frequency of side band = frequency carrier ± frequency of modulating wave.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. Pressing a key on telephone set generates two frequencies. The basis for selection of these
frequencies is
A. the harmonics of one frequency should not be mistaken for the other frequency

B. the audio input to the handset transmitter should not be mistaken for a key pressing

C. both (a) and (b)

D. neither (a) nor (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. The orbital period of a geostationary communication satellite is


A. 12 hours

B. 24 hours

C. 36 hours

D. 48 hours
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
37. Which of the following is not true as regards communication receiver?
A. It is exactly same as radio receiver used in households

B. It can be used, besides communication, for detection in high frequency bridges

It is designed to perform the task of low and high frequency reception better than in
C.
household receiver

D. Its tuning and operation are more complicated than those in household receiver
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Which of the following is the disadvantage of PDM and PPM?


A. It requires pulses of larger widths

B. More samples are needed per second

C. More powerful transmitter is required

D. None of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Frequency frogging is used in a carrier system to


A. conserve frequencies

B. reduce distortion

C. reduce cross talk

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. TDM
A. can be used with PCM only

B. interleaves pulses belonging to different transmissions


C. combines five groups into a super group

D. stacks 24 channels in adjacent frequency slots


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Which of the following oscillator is not in FM?


A. Crystal oscillator

B. Hartley oscillator

C. Colpitts oscillator

D. All of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. The number of spectral component of impulse wave is


A. 1

B. 0

C. 2

D. ∞
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. Assertion (A): If a carrier is modulated by three sine waves and m1, m2, m3 are the modulation
indices, the total modulation index mt is
mt = (m12 + m22 + m32)0.5
Reason (R): An AM, higher the level of modulation, lower is the audio power required to
produce modulation.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. If M (jω) = £[m(t)] where £ denotes Fourier transform, then £[m(t) cos ωct] =
A. M (jω + jωc)

B. M (jω - jωc)

C. M (jω + jωc) + M (jω - jωc)

D.
[M (jω + jωc) + M (jω - jωc)]
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. When a wave reaches the open circuited end of a line


A. all the forward energy is reflected by the open circuit

B. all the forward energy is absorbed by the open circuit

a small portion of energy is radiated into atmosphere and the remaining energy is
C.
reflected

D. either (a) or (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. A signal having uniformly distributed amplitude in the interval (- V to + V) is to be encoded using
PCM with uniform quantization. The signal to quantization noise ratio is determined by
A. dynamic range of signal

B. sampling rate

C. number of quantizing levels

D. power spectrum of signal


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Bipolar signalling uses the following bits


A. -1, +1

B. -1, 0, +1

C. 0, 1

D. -1, 0
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The first geostationary satellite was named


A. Intelsat I

B. Intelsat II

C. Intelsat III

D. Early bird
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. Typical value of power consumption of TV transmitter is


A. 0.5 kVA

B. 2 kVA

C. 50 kVA

D. 1000 kVA
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. In a colour TV receiver, which of the following incorporates colour saturation control?
A. Chroma detector

B. Colour killer circuit

C. SAW filter

D. Chroma amplifier
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Consider the following types of distortions in diode detectors


1. Distortion is caused due to the reason that dc and ac load impedances are unequal
2. Distortion is caused because ac load impedance has a reactive component at high audio
frequencies
3. Audio frequency diode current is less than dc current
Which of the above are true?
A. 1, 2 and 3

B. 1 and 2

C. 1 and 3

D. 2 and 3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. Satellites used for international communication are called


A. cossort

B. domsat

C. marisat

D. intelsat
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. In a phase discriminator fc, is the IF to which primary circuit is tuned. Consider the following
statements: The primary and secondary voltages are
1. exactly 90° out of phase when input frequency is fc
2. more than 90° out of phase when input frequency is higher than fc
3. less than 90° out of phase when input frequency is lower than fc
Which of the above statements is correct?
A. 1 only

B. 1 and 2

C. 1, 2 and 3
D. 2 and 3
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Electronic tubes used for transmitter differ from their counterparts in the receivers in respect that
A. they are large in size

B. they are capable of handling large powers

C. they generate large amount of heat when in operation

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. A plot of modulation index vs carrier amplitude yields a


A. horizontal line

B. vertical line

C. parabola

D. hyperbola
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In a certain '12 channel TDM' system it is found that channel no. 3 and channel no. 8 are
connected to the same input signal. This technique
A. wastes the channel capacity

B. takes care of different sampling rate

C. is required when different bandwidth signals are to be transmitted

D. reduces noise
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
7. Which wave is also called surface wave?
A. Ground wave

B. Sky wave

C. Space wave

D. Both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. ADM stands for


A. Angle Delta Modulation

B. Angle Digital Modulation

C. Adaptive Delta Modulation

D. Adaptive Digital Modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. The atmospheric absorption of radio waves depends on


A. frequency of wave

B. the distance from transmitter

C. wave polarisation

D. atmospheric polarisation
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Efficiency of general AM signal with em = E1 cos ω1t + E2 cos ω2 tj ec = Ec cos ωct; E1 cos ω1t with
modulation index m2 is __________ .

A.
B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. On modulating a carrier of frequency fc by an audio signal fs, the following components has
resulted:
fc, fc + fs and fc - fs
What is this type of modulation likely to be?
A. Amplitude modulation (DSB)

B. Single sideband modulation

C. Frequency modulation only

D. Amplitude modulation or frequency modulation


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Strength of space wave is not dependent on distance.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Which of the following is not necessarily the advantage of SSB over double sideband, full carrier
AM?
A. The signal is more noise resistant

B. More channel space is available


C. Transmitter circuits must be more stable, given better reception

D. Considerably less power is required for the same signal strength


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. A signal m(t) = 5 cos 2 100 t frequency modulates a carrier. The resulting FM signal is
10 cos {(2 105 t) + 15 sin (2 100 t)}
The approximate bandwidth of the FM would be
A. 0.1 kHz

B. 6 kHz

C. 3.2 kHz

D. 100 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Some possible functions of AGC in a TV receiver are


1. To increase gain for weak signals
2. To decrease gain for strong signals
3. To change the contrast when we switch from one channel to other
4. To reduce flutter
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 4

C. 1, 2, 3

D. 2, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. A monostable multivibrator is used to generate PWM because it can


A. differentiator
B. integrator

C. voltage-to-frequency converter

D. generate pulses
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Consider the following statements in amplitude modulation


1. The harmonic and intermodulation distortion may occur in audio and RF amplifiers
2. The sum and difference frequencies are present in the output of mixer
3. The diode detector has audio frequencies in its output
4. A balanced modulator cannot produce an AM with suppressed carrier
Which of the above are true?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1, 2

D. 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. A resistor R is in parallel with capacitance C. The rms noise voltage of resistor in the equivalent
circuit can be written as

A.

B. kTC

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
19. Assertion (A): In angle modulation the transmitted amplitude is constant.
Reason (R): Angle modulation has good immunity to noise and interference.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. A 1000 kHz carrier is simultaneously modulated with 300 Hz, 800 Hz and 2 kHz audio sine
waves. The frequencies present in the output will be
A. 998 kHz and 1002 kHz

B. 998 kHz, 999.2 kHz, 1000.8 kHz, 1002.0 kHz

C. 998 kHz, 999.2 kHz, 999.7 kHz, 1000.3 kHz, 1000.8 kHz and 1000.2 kHz

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Each of the following equation expressing decibel gain is correct except

A.

B.

C.

D. db gain = 20 log10 V/R1/V/R2


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The satellites used for intercontinental communication are called


A. Comsat

B. Domsat

C. Marisat

D. Intelsat
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. Armoured submarine cable is used


A. to prevent insulation breakdown due to high voltage

B. to protect cable at great depths.

C. to prevent inadverent damage due to ploughing in

D. for the shallow shore ends of cable.


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The frequency deviation of a FM signal produced from PM is


A. identical to that of FM signal produced by direct method

B. larger than that of a FM signal produced by direct method

C. directly proportional to the peak amplitude and the frequency of modulating signal

D. directly proportional to the peak amplitude of the modulating signal


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. Good frequency stability can be available


A. crystal oscillators

B. Hartley oscillators

C. colpitts oscillators

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. In a colour TV receiver, PAL Dematrix consists of


A. chroma detector to separate the three primary colours

B. delay line and PAL matrix to give U and V signals

C. delay line and PAL matrix to give RGB colours

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. A broadcast radio transmitter radiates 5 kW when the modulation percentage is 60. How much
of this is carrier power?
A. 6.66 kW

B. 5 kW

C. 4.9 kW

D. 4.23 kW
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. For a resistance of about 15 kΩ operating in a frequency range of a few MHz, the noise voltage
is in the range of
A. a few μV

B. about 100 μV

C. a few μV

D. a few volts
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. In a 50 cm TV tube, a path difference of 2 km between direct wave and interfering wave would
mean a displacement between main image and ghost image equal to
A. 0.3 cm

B. 3 cm

C. 6 cm

D. 9 cm
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. In a colour TV receiver, the sound intercarrier IF is generated in


A. video detector

B. video IF amplifier

C. tuner mixer stage

D. limiter stage
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Assertion (A): In AM carrier component remains constant in amplitude and frequency.
Reason (R): In AM the two side bands are images of each other.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. In tape recorders the hissing noise is due to irregularities in magnetic coating on tape.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
33. Waves travel on each of the line configurations in figure. In which case would the radiation be
maximum

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The main advantage of TDM over FDM is


A. TDM requires more bandwidth than FDM

B. less complicated in hardware than FDM

C. better SNR

D. required filter
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. In FM reception, amplitude disturbances due to static change


A. reduce the signal frequencies

B. increase the signal frequencies

C. disturb the signal frequencies

D. do not affect the signal frequencies


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. The power consumption of a present day colour TV receiver is about


A. 8W

B. 80 W

C. 200 W

D. 400 W
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Consider the following differences between QPSK and MSK


1. The side lobes in MSK are relatively much smaller in comparison to the main lobe
2. The spectrum of MSK has a main centre lobe which is 1.5 times as wide as the main lobe of
QPSK
3. The waveforms of both MSK and QPSK exhibit phase continuity
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1 only

B. 1 and 2 only

C. 1, 2 and 3

D. 2 and 3 only
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. As per Hartley law


A. redundancy is essential

B. it is necessary to use only binary codes

C. maximum rate of information transmission depends on the channel bandwidth

D. the maximum rate of information depends on depth of modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. The speeds used in recording audio programs in house hold recorders are
A. 38 cm/s and 9.5 cm/s

B. 38 cm/s and 19 cm/s

C. 9.5 cm/s and 4.75 cm/s

D. 38 cm/s and 4.75 cm/s


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. During transmission over a communication channel, bit errors occur independently with
probability P. If a block of n bits is transmitted, the probability of at most one bit error is equal to
A. 1 - (1 - P)n

B. P + (n - 1) (1 - P)

C. nP (1 - P)n - 1

D. (1 - P)n + nP (1 - P)n - 1
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In a pulsed RADAR, the transmitter is connected to the antenna


A. during pulse interval

B. during interval between pulses

C. all the time

D. only during a fraction of pulse interval


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In a CD, the depth and width of each pit is


A. 0.5 μm each

B. 0.5 μm and 1 mm respectively


C. 1 μm and 0.5 mm respectively

D. 1 μm each
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. Which type of modulator amplifier is used in AM transmitter?


A. Class A

B. Class B

C. Classes AB

D. Class C with negative feedback


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. A frequency multiplier stage should operate as


A. class A

B. class B

C. class AB

D. class C
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. A digital watch contains


A. quartz crystal oscillator

B. RC oscillator

C. LC oscillator

D. either quartz or RC oscillator


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. In AM increased depth of modulation increases __________ and in FM with increased depth of
modulation __________ increases.
A. total transmitted power, bandwidth

B. bandwidth, bandwidth

C. bandwidth, total transmitted power

D. total transmitted power, sideband power


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In a DM system, the granular noise occurs when modulating signal


A. decrease Rapidly

B. increase

C. has high frequency component

D. change within step size


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The figure shows a simple detector circuit for amplitude modulated wave v(t) = (1 + m cos ωmt)
cost ωct. If the detector is to follow the envelope of modulated wave at all times the extent of
modulation m must be less than or equal to m0 where m0 is given by equation

A.

B.

C.
D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. Huffman code is also known as redundancy code


A. True

B. false

C. in some cases

D. depend upon efficiency


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. If each frequency component of f(t) is shifted by /2, the resulting signal is
A. Hilbert transform of f(t)

B. Inverse Hilbert transform of f(t)

C. Laplace transform of f(t)

D. Fourier transform of f(t)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. A bit synchronizer regenerates at the receiver a clock waveform which is


A. synchronous with original clock waveform

B. out of phase by 180° with original clock waveform

C. out of phase by 90° with the original clock waveform

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
2. Probability of error in DPSK is less than PSK
A. true

B. false

C. equal

D. depend upon noise


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Zero mean Gaussian noise of variance N is applied to a half wave rectifier. The mean squared
value of the rectified output will be
A. 0

B. N/2

C. N/2

D. N
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. Two sine waves of amplitude A1 and A2 are multiplied. The amplitude of the spectral component
is

A.

B. A1A2

C.

D. (A1A2)1/2
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. In radar display system PPI stands for


A. Pulse Position Indicator

B. Plan Position Indicator

C. Phase Position Indicator

D. Point Position Indicator


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In phase shift keying the input signal is


A. st(t) = A cos ω0t and s2(t) = - A cos ω0t

B. s1(t) = s2(t) = A cos ω0t

C. s1(t) = A cos ω0t and s2(t) = A cos (ω0t + /2)

D. s1(t) = A cos ω0t and s2(t) = - A (cos ω0t + /2)


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. In figure the output v(t) is

A. an amplitude modulated signal

B. a frequency modulated signal

C. a phase modulated signal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. If Pk be the probability of the message to be received or transmitted, then the amount of


information (Ik) associated, in bits, will be
A. Ik = log2 Pk
B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A circuit which cannot demodulate SSB is


A. balanced modulator

B. product detector

C. BFO

D. phase discriminator
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. In TV system in India IF video and IF audio frequencies are


A. 33.4 and 28.4 MHz respectively

B. 38.9 and 33.4 MHz respectively

C. 43.8 and 38.9 MHz respectively

D. 33.4 and 38.9 MHz respectively


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Assertion (A): The unit of telephone traffic measurement is erlang.


Reason (R): International circuits for communication are fitted with echo suppressors.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A
B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In a single sideband suppressed carrier AM system, the modulation index is changed from 0 to
1, the power content of the signal
A. will be quarter

B. will be doubled

C. will increase by 50 percent

D. will increase by 25 percent


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. The primary colours are


A. blue and green

B. blue and red

C. red and green

D. blue, red and green


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. The most commonly used system of modulating for telegraphy is


A. single tone modulation

B. on-off keying

C. frequency shift keying

D. pulse code modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Which of the following antennas is not wide band?


A. Marconi

B. Helical

C. Folded dipole

D. Discone
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. While AM has __________ frequencies, FM has __________ number of sidebands.


A. 2, 3

B. 3, 3

C. 3, 5

D. 3, infinite
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. In VHS format diameter of head drum is about


A. 1m

B. 20 cm

C. 6 cm

D. 1 cm
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The correct sequence of subsystem in an FM receiver is


A. mixer, RF amplifier, limiter, IF amplifier, discriminator, audio amplifier

B. RF amplifier, mixer, IF amplifier, limiter, discriminator, audio amplifier


C. RF amplifier, mixer, limiter, discriminator, IF amplifier, audio amplifier

D. mixer, IF amplifier, limiter, audio amplifier, discriminator


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. A wave is frequency modulated with an index of 0.1 and its frequency is multiplied by 8 times,
the modulation index is
A. not changed

B. decreased 8 times

C. increased 4 times

D. increased 8 times
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Short circuited stubs are preferred to O.C stubs because


A. O.C stubs are incapable of giving full range of reactances

B. O.C stubs are liable to radiate

C. O.C stubs are difficult to make and connect

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. When ωm is the modulation frequency in frequency modulation, the modulation index is
proportional to
A. ωm

B. ω2m

C. 1/ωm

D. 1/ω2m
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. A pre-emphasis circuit provides extra noise immunity by


A. converting the phase modulation of FM

B. preamplifying the whole audio band

C. amplifying the higher audio frequencies

D. boosting the pass frequencies


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23.
The ratio for 100% amplitude modulation with identical total transmitted power (mf is
modulation index of FM) is

A.
mf2

B.
m2f

C.
mf3

D.
m3f
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The function of a modulator is to


A. separate two frequencies

B. extract information from the carrier

C. amplify the audio frequency signal

D. impress the information on to a RF carrier


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
25. Which of the following radio waves are not reflected by ionosphere?
A. Waves above 1 kHz

B. Waves above 1 MHz

C. Waves above 10 MHz

D. Waves above 30 MHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Square law modulators utilise


A. linear range of V-I characteristics of a diode

B. linear range of V-I characteristics of a triode

C. non-linear region of V-I dynamic characteristics of a diode

D. non-linear region of V-I dynamic characteristics of a triode


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. Which of the following is a disadvantage of Vestigial Sideband (VSB) system?


A. Low video frequencies are attenuated

B. Bandwidth is conserved resulting in a saving of 2 MHz per channel over DSB system

C. It results in a power boost of two video frequencies

D. It possess the advantages of both DSB and SSB system


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The maximum permissible distance between two samples of a 2 kHz signal is
A. 1000 μ sec

B. 500 μ sec

C. 250 μ sec
D. 2000 sec
Answer: Option C
Explanation:

.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. When the video signal is applied to the picture tube in a TV receiver, the strength of video signal
is about
A. 1000 V

B. 200 V

C. 50 V

D. 1 V
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. In the above case if the modulating frequency is increased to 20 kHz the bandwidth will be
A. 0.05 MHz

B. 1 MHz

C. 2 MHz

D. 4 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Assertion (A): In FM all power amplifiers can be operated in class C


Reason (R): FM is a constant amplitude modulation system.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. In radar system which of the following is called A scope


A. deflection modulation of CRT

B. intensity modulation of CRT

C. computer display

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In a CD the channel separation is


A. 1 μm

B. 1.6 μm

C. 2.5μm

D. 4 μm
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The unit for luminous energy is


A. lumens/sec

B. lumens/m 2

C. lumen-sec

D. lumen/m
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. The IF bandwidth of a radar receiver is inversely proportional to


A. pulse interval

B. pulse width
C. PRF

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. If the radiated power of AM transmitter is 10 kW, the power in the carrier for modulation index of
0.6 is nearly.
A. 8.24 kW

B. 8.47 kW

C. 9.26 kW

D. 9.6 kW
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Satellite communication uses frequencies in the range of


A. 3 to 6 GHz

B. 3-10 MHZ

C. 10-50 GHz

D. 100-200 GHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. In a channel voice coder, the outputs of sixteen 20 Hz low pass filters are sampled, multiplexed
and A/D converted. If sampling is at 40 samples/second and 3 bits/sample represents each
voltage sample, the bit rate is about
A. 1.9 k bits/sec

B. 0.95 k bits/sec

C. 3.8 k bits/sec

D. 7.6 k bits/sec
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Super high frequency means more than 3000 MHz.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. Impedance inversion may be obtained with


A. half wave line

B. a short circuited stub

C. complex impedance Z connected in series with line

D. quarter wave line


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Which of the following can be used to convert PPM into PWM?
A. Integrator

B. Astable multivibrator

C. Bistable multivibrator

D. Monostable multivibrator
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. For an antenna of height ht metres, the radio horizon is equal to


A. 4ht metres

B. 4ht km

C. 2.5ht km

D. 2.5ht metres
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. If in a radio receiver, RF signal has a frequency of 800 kHz and local oscillator that of 1000 kHz,
then at the output of the mixer, the frequencies found would be __________ kHz.
A. 800 to 1000

B. 200, 800, 1000, 1800

C. only 200

D. only 1800
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. In the stabilized reactance modulator AFC system


A. phase modulation is converted into amplitude modulation by the equalizer circuit

B. the discriminator frequency must not be too low or the system will fail

C. the discriminator must have a fast time constant to prevent demodulation

D. the higher discriminator frequency, better the oscillator frequency stability


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. In AM, the modulation envelope has a peak value double the unmodulated carrier level, when
the modulation is
A. 25%

B. 33%

C. 50%

D. 100%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. Which of the following is correct (FDM means Frequency Division Multiplexing and TDM means
Time Division Multiplexing)?
A. FDM requires lower bandwidth but TDM has more noise immunity

B. FDM has more noise immunity and requires lower bandwidth than TDM

C. FDM requires channel synchronization while TDM has more noise immunity

D. FDM requires more multiplexing while TDM requires band pass filter
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. Consider the following applications/ advantages of radar beacons


1. navigation
2. target identification
3. accurate tracking of enemy targets
4. large increase in maximum range
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 4

C. 1, 2

D. 2, 3, 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The signal plate of vidicon tube is coated with tin oxide.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. The maximum permissible distance between two samples of a 10 kHz signal
A. 100 μ sec
B. 50 μ sec

C. 10 μ sec

D. none
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. In telephone systems, load is expressed in the unit of


A. erlangs

B. decibels

C. bells

D. watts
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Which of the following microphones has bidirectional feature?


A. Moving coil

B. Ribbon

C. Condenser

D. Carbon
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. In TV transmitter some possible advantages of IF modulation are


1. The modulator section and visual exciter can be solid state devices
2. VSB filter can be introduced at low power level
3. The subsequent stages following VSB filter can be tuned permanently for wideband linear
operation
4. It is economical
which of the above are true?
A. 1 and 2
B. 1, 2 and 3

C. 2, 3 and 4

D. 1, 2, 3 and 4
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. A source is radiating power equally in all directions. If source power is P, the power density at
distance d is

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. As compared to AM, FM requires


A. narrow channel

B. same channel

C. 2 to 3 times as large channel

D. 7 to 15 times as large channel


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Capture effect occurs in


A. AM

B. FM
C. PCM

D. QAM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6.
If there are M messages and each message has probability , the entropy is
A. 0

B. 1

C. log2 M

D. M log2 M
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Narrowband FM signal can be considered to be equal to


A. PM

B. AM

C. SSB

D. DSB
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. The spectral component of noise associated with kth frequency is given, in the limit as Δf → 0
by nk(t) written as nk(t) = Ck cos (2k Δft + θk)
Consider the following statements as regards C k and θk
1. Ck and θk are independent of one another
2. Ck and θk are independent of the amplitude of a spectral component at a different frequency
3. Ct and θk are independent of the phase of a spectral component at a different frequency
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1, 2 only

B. 1, 3 only

C. 1, 2, 3
D. 2, 3 only
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. The power density spectrum of noise voltage at the input of a network is S ni and that at the
output of the network is Sno. If transfer function of network is H(ω), the corresponding noise
figure is

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. A narrowband amplifier is one that has a passband


A. limited to 2000 Hz only

B. limited to audio frequency range only

C. near cut off region of active device

D. approximately 10% of its central frequency


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. In a modulator it is found that the amplitude spectrum consists a component at fc, the carrier
frequency and one component each at fc - fs and fc + fs where fs is the modulating signal
frequency. Then the modulator used is
A. AM

B. AM or MBFM with modulation index 0.5


C. FM

D. PAM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Frequency shift keying is used mostly in


A. telephony

B. telegraphy

C. radio transmission

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Troposphere is the portion of atmosphere


A. nearest to ground

B. between 50 to 90 km above ground

C. between 110 to 220 km above ground

D. between 250 to 350 km above ground


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. Earth's curvature affects the effective height of antenna.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. In PCM, the quantization noise depends on


A. sampling rate

B. signal power

C. number of quantization level

D. signal energy
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. In high power AM transmission, modulation is done at


A. IF stage

B. buffer stage

C. RF stage

D. oscillator stage
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. The noise sources shot noise, partition noise and thermal noise are associated with which
component
A. BJT

B. diode

C. resistor

D. capacitor
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Consider the following statements as regards communication receiver


1. Variable sensitivity is used to eliminate selective fading
2. A product demodulator can be used to receive Morse code
3. The noise limiter cuts off receiver output during a noise pulse
4. Double conversion is used to improve image rejection
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 2, 3, 4

D. 1, 3, 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. In a transmission line, losses due to dielectric heating are


A. proportional to voltage and inversely proportional to Z 0

B. proportional to voltage and proportional to Z 0

C. proportional to current and proportional to Z0

D. proportional to current and inversely proportional to Z 0


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. The power rating of radio transmitters is around


A. 100 mW

B. 10 W

C. 10 kW

D. 10 MW
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. How can the quantizing noise be reduced?


A. By using de-emphasis circuit

B. By using RF amplifier in the receiver

C. By increasing the number of quantization levels

D. By sending sloping pulses


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. Audio systems use transverse recording.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. In a CD player the laser uses


A. silicon semiconductor

B. silicon/germanium semiconductor

C. aluminium gallium arsenide semiconductor

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Leak type bias is used in a plate-modulated class C amplifier to


A. prevent tuned circuit damping

B. prevent over modulation

C. increase the bandwidth

D. prevent excessive grid current


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. FM broadcast is done using


A. medium waves

B. short waves

C. VHF and UHF waves


D. microwaves
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. A CW transmitter radiates


A. modulated RF carrier

B. unmodulated RF carrier

C. both (a) and (b)

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. The commonly employed filter in SSB generation is


A. high pass filter

B. RC filter

C. LC filter

D. mechanical filter
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. The storage capacity of a CD is


A. 360 k bytes per side

B. 360 M bytes per side

C. 540 k bytes per side

D. 540 M bytes per side


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Which of the following pulse modulation is analog?


A. PCM

B. Differential PCM

C. PWM

D. Delta
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. Pulse stuffing is used in


A. synchronous TDM

B. asynchronous TDM

C. Any TDM

D. All
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. Household taperecorders generally use


A. crystal microphone

B. moving coil microphone

C. condenser microphone

D. cardioid microphone
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. In AM receiver the oscillator frequency is


A. always equal to signal frequency

B. always equal to 455 kHz

C. always higher than signal frequency

D. always lower than signal frequency


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. The modulation index of an AM wave is measured using a CRO. The waveform is as shown in
figure, the modulation index is nearly

A. 43%

B. 30%

C. 23%

D. 17%
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. A photo diode converts light signals to binary.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. A three stage telephone switching structure is to have 128 input and 128 output terminals. It has
been found that at peak time the utilization probability is 0.1. The number of intermediate links
required for non-blocking configuration is 15. If the actual number of intermediate links is 5, the
probability of blocking of call is
A. 1%

B. 0.5%

C. 0.2%

D. 0.1%
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
36. In pulse code modulation, if the signal is sampled at the rate of f and the number of pulses in
one code group is p, then the number of pulses per second will be
A. p/f

B. f/p

C. 1/pf

D. pf
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. A narrow band FM does not have the following feature


A. it has two sidebands

B. both sideband equal in magnitude

C. both sideband have same Phase Difference

D. it does not show Amplitude variation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. When number of quantization levels are two, then the average transmission power in NRZ polar
signalling is __________ that of NIRZ unipolar signalling.

A.

B.

C.

D. None
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. In telecast
A. video and audio signals are frequency modulated
B. video signals are frequency modulated but audio signals are amplitude modulated

C. both audio and video signals are amplitude modulated

D. video signals are amplitude modulated and audio signals are frequency modulated
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. A pulse width signal can be governed by


A. free running multi-vibrator

B. monostable multi-vibrator

C. Schmitt trigger

D. JK flip-flop
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. In MTI radar, clutter means


A. echos from moving targets

B. echos from stationary targets

C. atmospheric noise

D. thermal noise
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. A sinusoidal carrier voltage, having frequency 1000 Hz is amplitude modulated by a sinusoidal
voltage of frequency 15 kHz. The frequency of upper and lower sidebands will be
A. 1015 kHz and 985 kHz

B. 1030 kHz and 970 kHz

C. 13 kHz and 17 kHz

D. 14 kHz and 16 kHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. Identical telephone numbers in different parts of a country are distinguished by their
A. area codes

B. office codes

C. access digits

D. language codes
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. Consider the following statements as regards pulse repetition frequency


1. Pulse interval should be as large as possible so that a pulse returns before next pulse is
transmitted
2. Greater the number of pulses reflected from a target, greater is the probability of distinguishing it
from the noise
Which of the above are correct?
A. 1 only

B. 2 only

C. both 1 and 2

D. neither 1 nor 2
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. Which gives minimum probability of error?


A. ASK

B. FSK

C. PSK

D. DPSK
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. Which SNR denotes excellent picture quality in TV?
A. 50 dB

B. 30 dB

C. 15 dB

D. 5 dB
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. In amplitude modulation


A. the amplitude of carrier varies in accordance with the amplitude of the modulating signal.

B. the modulating frequency lies in the audio range

C. the amplitude of the carrier remains constant

the amplitude of the carrier varies in accordance with the frequency of the modulating
D.
signal.
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. At f = 7 GHz, a 120 cm dish antenna gives a gain of about


A. 50

B. 500

C. 5000

D. 50000
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. PIL colour picture tube has the main advantage that
A. it is cheap

B. it ensures purity in colour


C. it is self convergent

D. both (a) and (b)


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. What is the frequency of the modulated carrier wave?


A. 1000 Hz

B. 2000 Hz

C. 1000 kHz

D. 2000 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Which of the following form of angle modulation in this? If e = 10 sin(108 t + 3 sin 104 t)
A. AM

B. FM

C. AM or FM

D. AM or PCM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. The noise performance of a square law demodulator of AM signal is


A. better than that of an envelope detector

B. better than that of a synchronous detector

C. identical with that of a synchronous detector

D. poorer than that of an envelope detector


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
3. In AM the amplitude of carrier components ... while in FM it
A. remains constant, does not remain constant

B. does not remain constant ... remains constant

C. remains constant... also remains constant

D. does not remain constant, also does not remain constant


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. In a colour TV receiver, the function of comb filter is


A. to pass only the clusters of monochrome signal energy while blocking chrome signals

B. to pass only chrome signals and block monochrome signals

C. to block both monochrome and chrome signals

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. A communication receiver is
A. TRF receiver

B. a superheterodyne receiver

C. either (a) or (b)

D. neither (a) nor (b)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In PCM, bit duration is defined as

A.

B.

C. sampling period x total no. of bits


D. none of these
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Assertion (A): If frequency is high, the distance between transmitter and antenna may be an
appreciable fraction of wavelength
Reason (R): Wavelength is inversely proportional to frequency.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. Speeds of sound and radio waves are equal.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. When Pc is the unmodulated carrier power and Pt is the total power in the modulated wave, then
the maximum power in AM wave is
A. Pt = 1.5 Pc

B. Pt = 2.5 Pc

C. Pt = 2

D. Pt = 22 Pc
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
10. Thermal noise is passed through an ideal low pass filter having cut off at fc = ω Hz. The auto-
correlation value of the noise at the output of the filter is given as
A. a delta function at t = 0

B. gaussian over the range -∞ ≤ t ≤ ∞

C. sin c function over the range -∞ ≤ t ≤ ∞

D.
triangular function over the range
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Which of the following is not advantage of FM over AM?


A. Noise immunity

B. Capture effect

C. Fidelity

D. Spluttering effect
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. In single tone FM discriminator (S0/N0) is


A. proportional to deviation

B. proportional to cube of deviation

C. proportional to square of deviation

D. none of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. In a PCM the amplitude levels are transmitted in a 7 unit code. The no. of levels is
A. 18

B. 14

C. 128
D. 64
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. In high power AM transmission modulation is done at


A. IF stage

B. RF power

C. buffer stage

D. oscillator stage
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. Which one of the following gives maximum probability of error?


A. ASK

B. DPSK

C. FSK

D. PSK
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. FM has poor efficiency than


A. AM

B. AM-SC

C. PAM

D. PCM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. The number of spectral component when two sine wave of same frequency multiplied is
A. 2

B. 3

C. ∞

D. 4
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Public address systems generally use electret microphones.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. The noise at the input to an ideal frequency detector is white. The detector is operating above
threshold. The power spectral density of the noise at the output is
A. raised-cosine

B. flat

C. parabolic

D. Gaussian
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. As regards BCH code, Hamming code and Reed-Solomon code


A. BCH and Hamming code are special cases of Reed-Solomon code

B. Reed-Solomon and Hamming code are special cases of BCH code

C. BCH and Reed-Solomon code are special case of Hamming code

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
21. One of the advantages of base modulation over collector modulation of a transistor class C
amplifier is
A. improved efficiency

B. better linearity

C. high power output per transistor

D. the lower modulating power requirement


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. If carrier modulated by a digital bit stream had one of the possible phases of 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°,
then the modulation is called.
A. BPSK

B. QPSK

C. QAM

D. MSK
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. In FM, when the bandwidth is doubled, the signal to noise ratio improves by a factor of
A. 2 dB

B. 4 dB

C. 6 dB

D. 8 dB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. Pilot-carrier transmission is one in which


A. only one sideband is transmitted

B. one sideband and carrier are transmitted


C. only two sidebands are transmitted

D. two sidebands as well as a trace of carrier are transmitted


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. AM-SC stands for


A. Amplitude Modulated-Suppressed Carrier

B. Amplitude Modulated-Single Carrier

C. Amplitude Modulated-Synchronous Carrier

D. Amplitude Modulated-Self Carrier


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. On a smooth surface, the line of sight distance between transmitting antenna (height ht metres)
and receiving antenna (height hr metres) is about

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
27. Which stage generates RF carrier?

A. Amplifier

B. Oscillator

C. Power supply

D. All of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. In Modulation, "carrier" is


A. resultant wave

B. speech voltage to be transmitted

C. voltage with constant frequency, phase or amplitude

D. voltage for which frequency, phase or amplitude is varied


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Which one of the following blocks is not common in both AM and FM receivers?
A. RF amplifier

B. Mixer

C. IF amplifier
D. Slope detector
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. If the variance σx2 of d(n) = x(n) - x(n - 1) is one-tenth the variance σx2 of a stationary zero mean
discrete time signal x(n), then the normalized autocorrelation function R xx(x)/σx2 at k = 1 is
A. 0.95

B. 0.90

C. 0.10

D. 0.05
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In FM, which one is correct?


A. The total power is equal to carrier power at 100% modulation and diminish thereafter.

B. The carrier disappears at 100% modulation

C.
The total power is times the carrier power at 100% modulation

The total power of the carrier and sidebands is equal to the carrier power at any
D.
modulation index.
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. In FM, increased depth of modulation increases


A. modulation

B. modulation index

C. bandwidth

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
33. Which of the following frequency is likely to be associated with AM radio broadcast?
A. 1000 kHz

B. 100 MHz

C. 500 MHz

D. 10 GHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. In which of the following schemes are several channels interleaved and transmitted together?
A. TDM

B. FDM

C. group

D. subgroup
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. The audio frequency range is


A. 5 Hz to 1 kHz

B. 50 Hz to 20 kHz

C. 16 Hz to 20 kHz

D. 0 Hz to 20 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. Which of the following is an indirect method of generating FM?


A. Reactance BJT modulator

B. Armstrong modulation

C. Varactor diode modulation


D. Reactive FM modulator
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. Figure of merit is always unity in


A. AM

B. SSB-SC

C. FM

D. All
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. Which of the following modulation is analog in nature?


A. PCM

B. DPCM

C. DM

D. PDM
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. In the spectrum of a FM wave


A. the carrier frequency cannot disappear

B. the carrier frequency disappears when the modulation index is large

C. the amplitude of any sideband depends on the modulation index

D. the total number of sidebands depends on the modulation index


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
40. The gap width in audio heads is about 0.01 mm.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. The tuned circuit of the oscillator in a simple AM transmitter employs a 50 H coil and a 1
nanofarad capacitor. If the oscillator output is the carrier frequency will be
A. 448 kHz

B. 555 kHz

C. 625 kHz

D. 712 kHz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. In a low level AM system, the amplifier which follows the modulated stage must be the
A. linear device

B. harmonic device

C. class C amplifier

D. non-linear device
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. In a square law modulator, the carrier frequency should be __________ times than the highest
modulating frequency.
A. 1

B. 2

C. 4

D. 3
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. CSSB stands for


A. Compatible Single Sideband

B. Compressed Single Sideband

C. Carrier Single Sideband

D. Coded Single Sideband


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. Tropospheric scatter is used with frequencies in the range of


A. VLF

B. HF

C. UHF

D. VHF
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. The PAM Signal can be detected by


A. Band pass filter

B. Band stop filter

C. High pass filter

D. Low pass filter


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. FM is named so because


A. it restrains the frequency excursions of FM

B. it increases the frequency excursions of FM


C. it decreases the amplitude of FM signal

D. it increases the amplitude of FM signal


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. Which statement is incorrect for the signal x(t) = 5 sin (2 x 103t) sin (2 x 106t)?
A. Upper side band frequency is 1001000

B. Carrier amplitude is 5

C. Lower sideband frequency is 990000

D. x(t) is DSB-SC
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. In radio receivers, the value of IF is


A. 100 kHz

B. 225 kHz

C. 455 kHz

D. 850 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. If F(ω) is Fourier transform of f(t), then Fourier transform of f(t) cos2 ωct is

A.
F(ω) + [F(ω + 2ωc) + F(ω - 2ωc)]

B.
F(ω) + [F(ω + 2ωc) + F(ω - 2ωc)]

C.
F(ω) - [F(ω + 2ωc) + F(ω - 2ωc)]

D.
F(ω) - [F(ω + 2ωc) + F(ω - 2ωc)]
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. If the target cross-section is changing, the best scanning system for accurate tracking is
A. lobe switching

B. monopulse

C. sequential lobing

D. conical scanning
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. If e = 10 sin(108 t + 3 sin 104 t) then the modulation index is


A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D. 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Frequency modulation consists in


varying the frequency and amplitude of the carrier in accordance with the instantaneous
A.
value of modulating signal

varying the amplitude of the carrier in accordance with the instantaneous value of the
B.
modulating voltage

varying the frequency of the carrier voltage in accordance with the instantaneous value of
C.
the modulating voltage

D. vary the frequency of the carrier voltage


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
4. Pulse modulation is often used in
A. microwave band

B. FL band

C. telegraphy

D. telephony
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Thermal noise has a power spectral density which is quite uniform upto frequencies in the order
of
A. 100 Hz

B. 106 Hz

C. 109 Hz

D. 1013 Hz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. In cell communication
A. carrier frequency change

B. carrier frequency constant

C. depend upon location

D. depend upon geographical area


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. A ground wave travels along surface of ground.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. In narrowband FM, the modulation index is


A. near unity

B. about 100

C. about 0.1

D. about 300
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. A single-sideband (SSB) signal contains 3 kW. The power content of the carrier is __________
kW.
A. 2

B. 2

C. 3

D. 0
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Waves of frequencies higher than 30 MHz penetrate the atmosphere.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Armstrong modulator generates


A. AM signals

B. FM signals

C. PM signals

D. both (b) and (c)


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. The diagonal clipping in Amplitude Demodulation using (envelope detector) can be avoided if
Rc time constant of the envelope detector satisfies the following condition here ω is message
bandwidth and ωc is carrier frequency both in rad sec,

A.

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. To select one out of N equally probable events, the number of bits required is
A. log2 N

B. log10 N

C. loge N

D. N
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. What is the frequency of audio modulation?


A. 1000 Hz

B. 2000 Hz

C. 3000 Hz

D. 2000 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. The RF section of a radio transmit generally consists of


A. master oscillator

B. final power amplifier to feed antenna

C. buffer stage

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. The storage capacity of audio CD is 540 Mb per side.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. In case of a low level AM transmitter, the amplifier modulated stage must be
A. class A

B. class B

C. class B (linear)

D. class C
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. The device most likely to be found in an SSB transmitter is


A. class C audio amplifier

B. tuned modulator

C. class B RF amplifier

D. class A RF amplifier
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. Point out the false statement


A. impulse noise voltage does not depend on bandwidth

B. thermal noise is independent of frequency at which it is measured

C. industrial noise is mostly of impulse type

D. space noise is observable at frequencies in the range of 8 MHz and higher


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. In a low level AM system, the modulated amplifiers stage must be


A. harmonic devices

B. non-linear devices

C. class C amplifier

D. linear devices
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. An angle modulated signal is expressed by fa(t) = cos (2 x 108 t) + 75 sin (2 x 103 t). The peak
frequency deviation of the carrier is
A. 1 kHz

B. 7.5 kHz

C. 75 kHz

D. 100 MHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. The amplitude of a modulated RF aerial current is 6 A on the peaks of modulation and 4 A on
the troughs of modulation. The value of carrier amplitude is
A. 5

B. 15

C. 20

D. 30
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. In practical commercial AM system channel bandwidth is


A. 150 kHz

B. 100 kHz

C. 15 kHz

D. 200 kHz
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The currents fed to the two dipoles of turnstile antenna are
A. in phase

B. in quadrature

C. in phase opposition

D. either (a) or (c)


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. The circuit of figure give an output which is

A. a frequency modulated signal


B. an amplitude modulated signal

C. a phase modulated signal

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. Which of the following microphones has lowest output impedance?


A. Moving coil

B. Ribbon

C. Crystal

D. Condenser
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. High frequency waves are


A. absorbed by F2 layer

B. affected by solar cycle

C. reflected by D layer

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. During fast forward operation of a tape recorder


A. all heads are withdrawn

B. all amplifiers are shut off

C. tape is not pressed against capstan

D. all of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Homodyne detection means


A. coherent detection

B. non-coherent detection

C. asynchronous detection

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. A radio station works at 800 kHz and uses AM. If this is a public broadcast system, it should
transmit using
A. parabolic reflector to transmit all round

B. turnstile antenna for the required land

C. half wave long horizontal wave

D. a vertical antenna less than quarter for practical reasons


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. In a superheterodyne broadcast receiver, the frequency of local oscillator is __________ the
incoming signal frequency.
A. higher than

B. lower than

C. equal to

D. not comparable to
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. PAL stands for


A. Phase Attenuation by Line
B. Phase Alternation by Line

C. Parabolic Alternation by Line

D. Picture Alternation by Line


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In free space, line of sight propagation case, the transmission losses between transmitter and
receiver increase with frequency (f) as
A. f

B. f2

C. f4

D. f1/2
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. A sinusoidal carrier voltage, having frequency 1000 Hz is amplitude modulated by a sinusoidal
voltage of frequency 15 kHz. The frequency of upper and lower sidebands will be
A. 1015 kHz and 985 kHz

B. 1030 kHz and 970 kHz

C. 13 kHz and 17 kHz

D. 14 kHz and 16 kHz


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. PCM : Quantising Noise :: Transistor :


A. Partition noise

B. Shot noise

C. Whirl

D. No noise
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. The antenna current of an AM transmitter is 8 A. When only the carrier is sent, but it increases to
8.93 A. when the carrier is sinusoidally modulated. The percentage modulation is nearly
A. 90%

B. 80%

C. 75%

D. 70%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In digital TV digital imaging standard comprises


A. six profiles and four levels

B. four levels and six profiles

C. six profiles and six levels

D. four profiles and four levels


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. The 2 out of 5 code has


A. two 0s and three 0s in each code group

B. one 1s and four 0s in each code group

C. four 1s and one 0s in each code group

D. three 1s and two 0s in each code group


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. Consider the following statements as regards BPSK and QPSK:


1. In BPSK we deal individually with each bit of duration Tb
2. In QPSK we lump two bits to form a symbol
3. In both BPSK and QPSK signal changes occur at bit rate
4. In QPSK the symbol can have any one of four possible values
Which of the above statements are correct?
A. 1, 2, 3, 4

B. 1, 2, 3

C. 1, 2, 4

D. 2, 3, 4
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. In equally tampered musical scale, an octave is divided into


A. 12 intervals

B. 10 intervals

C. 7 intervals

D. 5 intervals
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Entropy gives


A. measure of Uncertainty

B. rate of Information

C. average information

D. probability of Information
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. Quantization noise occurs in


A. PAM
B. DM

C. PWM

D. PPM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. AC hum is picked up from power cables


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. PIL tube means


A. Picture in Line Tube

B. Precision in Line Tube

C. Pairing in Line Tube

D. Pattern in Line Tube


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

45. In an SSB transmitter one is most likely to find


A. class C audio amplifier

B. tuned modulator

C. class B RF amplifier

D. class AB power amplifier


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
46. For a given data rate, the bandwidth βp of a BPSK signal and the bandwidth β0 of the OOK signal
are related as

A.

B. βp = 2β0

C.

D. βp = β0
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. A direct radiating cone type loudspeaker attenuates :


A. medium range frequencies

B. very low frequencies

C. high frequencies

D. very low and high frequencies


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. The advantage of pulse modulation is


A. the transmitted power can be concentrated into short bursts

B. the time intervals between pulses can be filled with sample values from other message

C. pulse wave may obtain appreciable D.C. and low frequency content

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

49. Sparking affects amplitude modulation.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. For low impedance SAW filter the most suitable material for substrate of SAW filter is
A. PZT ceramics

B. ZnO

C. Lithium titanate

D. Lithium neobate
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. A telephone channel requires a bandwidth of about


A. 1 kHz

B. 3 kHz

C. 10 kHz

D. 50 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. For a given carrier wave, maximum undistorted power is transmitted when value of modulation is
A. 1

B. 0.8

C. 0.5

D. 0
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. As per Shannon-Hartley theorem, a noise less Gaussian channel has


A. zero capacity
B. infinite capacity

C. small capacity

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. DVD uses
A. Laser beam for both recording and playback

B. Laser beam for recording and video head for playback

C. Video head for recording and laser beam for playback

D. None of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. Fourier analysis indicate that a square wave can be represented as


A. a fundamental sine wave and odd harmonics

B. a fundamental sine wave and even harmonics

C. a fundamental sine wave and harmonics

D. fundamental and subharmonic sine waves


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. FM transmitting and receiving equipment as compared to AM equipment is


A. costly

B. cheaper

C. almost equally costly

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. An audio signal (say from 50 Hz to 10000 Hz) is frequency translated by a carrier having a
frequency of 106Hz. The values of initial (without frequency translation) and final (after frequency
translation) fractional change in frequency from one band edge to the other are
A. 200 and 1.01

B. 200 and 10.01

C. 200 and 100.1

D. 200 and 200


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. If in a broadcasting studio, a 1000 kHz carrier is modulated by an audio signal of frequency


range 100-5000 kHz, the width of channel is __________ kHz.
A. 5

B. 4.9

C. 995

D. 10
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. Which one of the following is analog?


A. PCM

B. PWM

C. Delta modulation

D. Differential PCM
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. The disadvantage of FM over AM is that


A. high output power is needed

B. high modulating power is needed

C. noise is very high for high frequency

D. large bandwidth is required


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Which of the following is a digital modulation technique?


A. PCM

B. PSK

C. DM

D. All
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. Which of the following is used to generate PDM?


A. Free running multi-vibrator

B. Monostable multi-vibrator

C. JK flip-flop

D. Schmitt trigger
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. SSB can be generated by


A. filter method

B. phase cancellation method

C. good attenuation characteristics

D. all of the above


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. A zero mean white Gaussian noise is passed through an ideal low pass filter of bandwidth 10
kHz. The output of the samples so obtained would be
A. correlated

B. statistically independent

C. uncorrelated

D. orthogonal
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. What is the purpose of peak clipper circuits in radio transmitters?


A. To prevent overmodulation

B. To reduce bandwidth

C. To increase bandwidth

D. To regulate oscillator I/P voltage


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

16. In case of low level amplitude modulation system, the amplifiers following the modulated stage
must be
A. class C amplifiers

B. linear devices

C. non-linear devices

D. harmonic devices
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. Under ordinary circumstances, impulse noise can be reduced in


A. FM only
B. AM only

C. both AM and FM

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. In case of frequency modulation, modulating voltage remains constant if the modulating
frequency is lowered, then
A. amplitude of distant sidebands decreases

B. amplitude of distant sidebands increases

C. amplitude of distant sidebands remains constant

D. amplitude of distant sidebands first increases, then decreases


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. If sampling is done at the rate of 10 kHz. The bandwidth required is


A. 35 kHz

B. 70 kHz

C. 10 kHz

D. 1280 kHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. It is found that a ship to ship communication suffers from fading. This can be avoided by using
A. space diversity

B. frequency diversity

C. broad band antenna

D. directional antenna
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

21. Skip distance depends on time of day and angle of incidence.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

22. In practical commercial FM system, channel bandwidth is


A. 150 kHz

B. 100 kHz

C. 88 MHz

D. 108 MHz
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

23. In EM waves, polarization


A. is always vertical in an isotropic medium

B. is caused by reflection

C. is due to transverse nature of waves

D. results from longitudinal nature of waves


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

24. The maximum power output of a standard A earth station over the total band allocated to
satellite communication is about
A. 0.5 kW

B. 8 kW

C. 20 kW
D. 50 kW
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

25. PAM stands for


A. Pulse Analogue Modulation

B. Phase Analogue Modulation

C. Pulse Amplitude Modulation

D. Phase Amplitude Modulation


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

26. The characteristic impedance of a twin wire feeder used for TV signals is about
A. 1000 ohm

B. 500 ohm

C. 300 ohm

D. 100 ohm
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

27. In a FM receiver, amplitude limiter


A. amplifiers low frequency signals

B. reduces the amplitude of signals

C. eliminates any change in amplitude of received FM signals

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

28. A buffer amplifier is


A. a double-tuned amplifier

B. a high gain D.C. amplifier

C. a cathode follower stage

D. none of the above


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

29. Leak type bias is used in plate modulated class C amplifier to


A. increase the bandwidth

B. prevent over modulation

C. prevent excessive grid current

D. prevent tuned circuit damping


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

30. The direction of rotation of a CD is


A. clockwise

B. anticlockwise

C. clockwise or anticlockwise depending on frequency of data stored

D. mostly anticlockwise but some times clockwise


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

31. One of the advantages of base modulation over collector modulation of a transistor class C
amplifier is
A. improved efficiency

B. better linearity

C. high power output per transistor

D. the lower modulating power requirement


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

32. Full duplex operation-permits transmission in both directions at the same time.
A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

33. In a TV receiver antenna the length of reflector rod


A. is the same as that of dipole

B. is less than that of dipole

C. is more than that of dipole

D. may be equal, more or less than that of dipole


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

34. The modulation index of an FM is changed from 0 to 1. How does the transmitted power
change?
A. Gets halved

B. Gets doubled

C. Gets increased by 50 percent

D. Remains unchanged
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

35. For AM receivers the standard IF frequency is


A. 106 kHz

B. 455 kHz
C. 1.07 MHz

D. 10.7 MHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

36. For a plate-modulated class C amplifier the plate supply voltage is E. The maximum plate
cathode voltage could be almost high as
A. 2E

B. 3E

C. 4E

D. 6E
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

37. In TV systems, equalising pulses are sent during


A. horizontal blanking

B. vertical blanking

C. serrations

D. horizontal retrace
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

38. A carrier A cos ωct is modulated by a signal mt A cos ω1t + m2 A cos ω2t + m 3 A cos ω3t. The total
modulated power is

A.

B. A2(1 + 0.5 m12 + 0.5 m22 + 0.5 m32)

C.
D.

Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

39. A three stage telephone switching structure is to have 128 input and 128 output terminals. There
are 16 first stage and 16 third stage matrices. To avoid blocking the number of intermediate
paths required is
A. 16

B. 15

C. 8

D. 1
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

40. The main function of a balanced modulator is to


A. produce balanced modulation of a carrier wave

B. produce 100% modulation

C. suppress carrier signal in order to create a single-sideband or double sideband

D. limit noise picked by a receiver


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

41. Which of the following is not considered as a useful quantity in comparing noise performance of
receivers?
A. Noise temperature

B. Noise figure

C. Noise resistance

D. Input noise voltage


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

42. Oscillator crystal is made of


A. silicon

B. germanium

C. diamond

D. quartz
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

43. If an isotropic source is radiating power P in all directions, the electric field at a distance d from
the source is proportional to
A. (P/d)0.5

B.

C.

D.

Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

44. An FM signal has modulating frequency fm and maximum frequency deviation of δ. The
bandwidth will be nearly equal to
A. δ

B. 2 δ

C. 2fm δ

D. fm δ
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
45. In a cellular communication system, path loss between transmitter and receiver is due to
A. scattering from building, trees, vehicles and other structure

B. reason at (a) above and due to reflections from ground only

C. reason at (a) and (b) above along with reflections from ionosphere only

D. reasons at (a), (b) and (c) above along with loss due to surface wave phenomenon
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

46. Transistor T1 operates at 30 kHz and T2 operates at 300 Hz. The flicker noise is
A. not depend on frequency

B. T1 > T2

C. T1 = T2

D. T1 < T2
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

47. A pre-emphasis circuit provides extra noise immunity by


A. converting the phase modulation to frequency modulation

B. pre-amplifying the whole audio band

C. boosting the base frequencies

D. amplifying the higher audio frequencies


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

48. A tape recorder and deck are entirely similar.


A. True

B. False
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
49. The antenna current of an AM transmitter is 8 A. When only the carrier is sent, but it increases to
8.93 A. When the carrier is sinusoidally modulated. The percentage modulation is nearly
A. 90%

B. 80%

C. 75%

D. 70%
Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

50. Assertion (A): SSB systems generally have duplex operation


Reason (R): SSB systems are generally used in two way communication.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

1. Which of the following is an indirect way of generating FM?


A. Armstrong modulator

B. Varactor diode modulator

C. Reactance FET modulator

D. Reactance bipolar transistor


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

2. When the length of antenna is a whole wavelength


A. the radiation at right angles is zero

B. the radiation at right angles is maximum


C. the radiation is zero in all directions

D. the radiation is maximum in all directions


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

3. Circular polarization
A. is useful in reducing depolarization effect on received wave

B. involves critical alignment of transmitting and receiving antenna

C. is useful in discrimination between reception of adjacent beams

D. none of the above


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

4. An FM radio receiver which is tuned to a 91.6 MHz broadcast station may receive an image
frequency of __________ MHz.
A. 102.3

B. 113

C. 70.2

D. 80.9
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

5. If S represents the carrier synchronization at the receiver and  represents the bandwidth
efficiency, then the correct statement for the coherent binary PSK is
A.  = 0.5, S is required

B.  = 1.0, S is required

C.  = 0.5, S is not required

D.  = 1.0, S is not required


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

6. For telegraphy the most commonly used modulation system is


A. FSK

B. two tone modulation

C. PCM

D. single tone modulation


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

7. Commercial Frequency deviation of FM is


A. 70 kHz

B. 75 kHz

C. 80 kHz

D. 65 kHz
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

8. The colour of an object is decided by


A. the reflected colour

B. the wavelength transmitted through it

reflected colour for opaque object and wavelength transmitted through it for transparent
C.
objects

D. none of the above


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

9. In Pulse Code Modulation system


A. large bandwidth is required

B. quantising noise can be overcome by companding


C. quantising noise can be reduced by decreasing the number of standard levels

D. suffers from the disadvantage of its incompatibly with TDM


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

10. Waveform shown in figure is that for

A. FM

B. PCM

C. AM-DSB

D. AM-SSB
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

11. Human ear can detect sound intensities of the order of


A. 10-4 W/m 2

B. 10-8 W/m 2

C. 10-13 W/m 2

D. 10-18 W/m 2
Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

12. If output power of a radio receiver is doubled, its volume is increased by __________ dB.
A. 2

B. 3

C. 1

D. -3
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

13. Which of the following statements is correct?


A. Convex lens has positive focal power and concave lens have negative focal power

B. Convex lens has negative focal power and concave lens have positive focal power

C. All lens have positive focal power

D. All lens have negative focal power


Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

14. In Modulation, "carrier" is


A. resultant wave

B. speech voltage to be transmitted

C. voltage with constant frequency, phase or amplitude

D. voltage for which frequency, phase or amplitude is varied


Answer: Option D
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

15. To eliminate ghosts in the picture


A. use a longer transmission line

B. connect a booster

C. change the antenna orientation of location

D. twist the transmission line


Answer: Option C
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report
16.

Consider a sampled signal y(t) = 5 x 10-6 x(t) where x(t) = 10 cos (8 x
10 )t and s = 100 μ sec. when y(t) is passed through an ideal low-pass filter with a cut off
3

frequency of 5 kHz, the output of the filter is


A. 5 x 10-6 cos (8 x 103)t

B. 5 x 10-5 cos (8 x 103)t

C. 5 x 10-1 cos(8 x 103)t

D. 10 cos(8 x 103)t
Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

17. The frequency range of 300 kHz to 3000 kHz is known as


A. low frequency

B. medium frequency

C. high frequency

D. very high frequency


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

18. Which of the following does not cause losses in optical fibre cables?
A. Stepped index operation

B. Impurities

C. Microbending

D. Attenuation in glass
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

19. For a low level AM system, the amplifiers modulated stage must be
A. linear devices

B. harmonic devices
C. class C amplifiers

D. non-linear devices
Answer: Option A
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report

20. Assertion (A): In FM the frequency of the carrier is varied by the modulating voltage
Reason (R): FM and PM are two forms of angle modulation.
A. Both A and R are correct and R is correct explanation of A

B. Both A and R are correct but R is not correct explanation of A

C. A is correct but R is wrong

D. A is wrong but R is correct


Answer: Option B
Explanation:
No answer description available for this question. Let us discuss.
View Answer Discuss in Forum Workspace Report